Chevrolet 2014 Impala Limited Owners Manual Owner's

2015-10-23

: Chevrolet Chevrolet-2014-Chevrolet-Impala-Limited-Owners-Manual-814114 chevrolet-2014-chevrolet-impala-limited-owners-manual-814114 chevrolet pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 356 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Black plate (1,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
2014 Impala Limited Owner Manual M
In Brief ........................ 1-1
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-3
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Performance and
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Keys, Doors, and
Windows .................... 2-1
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Doors..........................2-9
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Roof..........................2-16
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1
Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2
Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-34
Universal Remote System . . . . 5-39
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Phone........................7-19
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-14
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-22
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-27
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-42
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Black plate (2,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
2014 Impala Limited Owner Manual M
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-12
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-14
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-13
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Index ..................... i-1
Black plate (3,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Introduction iii
The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem, IMPALA,
and the IMPALA Emblem are
trademarks and/or service marks of
General Motors LLC, its
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.
This manual describes features that
may or may not be on your specific
vehicle either because they are
options that you did not purchase or
due to changes subsequent to the
printing of this owner manual.
Please refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm each of
the features found on your vehicle.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name "General
Motors of Canada Limited" for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
appears in this manual.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.
Canadian Vehicle Owners
Propriétaires Canadiens
A French language manual can be
obtained from your dealer, at
www.helminc.com, or from:
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
savant:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 23128974 B Second Printing ©2013 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Black plate (4,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
iv Introduction
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions
{Danger
Text marked {Danger provides
information on risk of fatal injury.
Disregarding this information may
endanger life.
{Warning
Text marked {Warning provides
information on risk of accident or
injury. Disregarding this
information may lead to injury.
{Caution
Text marked {Caution provides
information that may indicate a
hazard that could result in injury
or death. It could also result in
possible damage to the vehicle.
A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,”or “Do not let
this happen.”
Symbols
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.
M:This symbol is shown when
you need to see your owner manual
for additional instructions or
information.
*:This symbol is shown when
you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
information.
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to
the Index.
9:Airbag Readiness Light
#:Air Conditioning
!:Antilock Brake System (ABS)
%:Audio Steering Wheel Controls
or OnStar
®
(if equipped)
$:Brake System Warning Light
":Charging System
Black plate (5,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Introduction v
I:Cruise Control
B:Engine Coolant Temperature
O:Exterior Lamps
#:Fog Lamps
.:Fuel Gauge
+:Fuses
3:Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
j:LATCH System Child
Restraints
*:Malfunction Indicator Lamp
::Oil Pressure
}:Power
/:Remote Vehicle Start
>:Safety Belt Reminders
7:Tire Pressure Monitor
d:Traction Control/StabiliTrak
®
M:Windshield Washer Fluid
Black plate (6,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
vi Introduction
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
In Brief 1-1
In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Initial Drive Information
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-3
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-7
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Passenger Sensing System . . . 1-8
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 1-9
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-10
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Vehicle Features
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . 1-14
Bluetooth
®
................... 1-14
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-15
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Universal Remote System . . . 1-16
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-17
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-18
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Roadside Assistance
Program .................... 1-19
OnStar
®
..................... 1-19
Black plate (2,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Black plate (3,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
In Brief 1-3
1. Air Vents on page 8-4.
2. Remote Trunk Release Button.
See Trunk on page 2-9.
3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and
Lane-Change Signals on
page 6-4.
4. Instrument Cluster on page 5-10.
5. Hazard Warning Flashers on
page 6-3.
6. Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 5-23.
7. Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5-14.
8. Infotainment on page 7-1.
9. Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6-1.
10. Instrument Panel Illumination
Control on page 6-5.
Dome Lamp Control. See
Dome Lamps on page 6-6.
11. Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-27.
12. Steering Wheel Adjustment on
page 5-2.
13. Cruise Control on page 9-29.
14. Hood Release. See Hood on
page 10-4.
15. Data Link Connector (DLC)
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on page 5-15.
16. Horn on page 5-3.
17. Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5-2 (If Equipped).
18. Ignition Positions on
page 9-15.
19. Climate Control Systems on
page 8-1.
20. Power Outlets on page 5-7.
21. Center Console Shift Lever (If
Equipped). See Shifting Into
Park on page 9-19.
Initial Drive
Information
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
The RKE transmitter is used to
remotely lock and unlock the doors
from up to 60 m (195 ft) away from
the vehicle.
Black plate (4,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
1-4 In Brief
Press Kto unlock the driver door.
Press again within five seconds to
unlock all remaining doors.
Press Qto lock all doors.
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-34 for
additional information.
Press and hold Vfor
approximately one second to open
the trunk.
Press Land release to locate the
vehicle.
Press Land hold for more than
two seconds to sound the panic
alarm.
Press Lagain to cancel the panic
alarm.
See Keys on page 2-1 and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2-2.
Remote Vehicle Start
If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.
Starting the Vehicle
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle.
2. Press and release Q.
3. Immediately, press and hold /
for at least four seconds or until
the turn signal lamps flash.
When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on and remain on as
long as the engine is running. The
doors will be locked and the climate
control system may come on.
The engine will continue to run for
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a
10-minute time extension. Remote
start can be extended only once.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle and press and hold /
until the parking lamps turn off.
.Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2-5.
Black plate (5,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
In Brief 1-5
Door Locks
Manual Locks
From outside the vehicle, use the
key in the door or the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter to
lock or unlock the vehicle. From the
inside, pull up or push down on the
manual door lock knobs.
See Door Locks on page 2-7.
Power Door Locks
Power door lock switches are
located on the front doors near the
handle.
Q:Press the bottom of the switch
to lock all doors.
K:Press the top of the switch to
unlock all doors.
For more information, see:
.Power Door Locks on page 2-7.
.Delayed Locking on page 2-8.
Trunk Release
To open the trunk from the outside,
press Von the RKE transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2-2.
Or, use the key in the lock cylinder,
if equipped.
To open the trunk from the inside,
press V. See Trunk on page 2-9.
Windows
The power window switches are on
the driver door armrest. Each
passenger door has a switch that
controls only that window.
To lower the window, press and hold
the front of the switch to the first
position until the window is at the
desired level. To raise the window,
pull up and hold the front of the
switch.
For more information, see Power
Windows on page 2-15.
Black plate (6,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
1-6 In Brief
Seat Adjustment
Manual Seats
To adjust a manual seat:
1. Lift the bar under the front edge
of the seat cushion to unlock
the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the bar.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure the seat is
locked in place.
See Seat Adjustment on page 3-3.
To adjust the seatback, see “Manual
Reclining Seatbacks”under
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-5.
Power Seats
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
.Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
.Raise or lower the front or rear
of the seat cushion by moving
the front or rear of the control up
or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3-4.
Power Reclining Seatback
To adjust a power seatback,
if equipped:
.Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
.Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
See “Power Reclining Seatbacks”
under Reclining Seatbacks on
page 3-5.
Black plate (7,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
In Brief 1-7
Manual Lumbar
Move the lever up or down to
increase or decrease lumbar
support.
See Lumbar Adjustment on
page 3-4.
Second Row Seats
On vehicles with the flip and fold
feature, the bottom seat cushions
can be flipped forward and the
seatback folded down to create an
extended cargo area.
The vehicle also has an under seat
storage area.
See Rear Seats (Split Folding) on
page 3-7.
Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
position.
See Head Restraints on page 3-2
and Seat Adjustment on page 3-3.
Safety Belts
Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
safety belts properly.
.Safety Belts on page 3-9.
.How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly on page 3-10.
.Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3-11.
.Lap Belt on page 3-15.
.Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-38.
Black plate (8,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
1-8 In Brief
Passenger Sensing
System
The passenger sensing system will
turn off the right front passenger
frontal airbag under certain
conditions. The driver airbags, seat‐
side impact airbags, and roof‐rail
airbags are not affected by this.
The passenger airbag status
indicator will be visible on the
instrument panel when the vehicle is
started.
United States
Canada
See Passenger Sensing System on
page 3-24 for important information.
Mirror Adjustment
Exterior Mirrors
Controls for the outside power
mirrors are on the driver door
armrest.
Press the left or right side of the
selector located above the control
pad to adjust the driver or
passenger mirror. Then press the
control pad to move the mirror in the
desired direction.
See Power Mirrors on page 2-14.
Black plate (9,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
In Brief 1-9
Interior Mirror
Vehicles with a manual rearview
mirror can be adjusted by holding
the mirror in the center to move it for
a clearer view behind the vehicle.
Adjust the mirror to avoid glare from
the headlamps behind. Pull the
lever, located at the bottom of the
mirror for nighttime use. Return the
lever to its original position for the
day position.
See Manual Rearview Mirror on
page 2-14.
On vehicles with an automatic
dimming rearview mirror. The mirror
will automatically adjust to reduce
the glare of lights from behind the
vehicle. See Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror on page 2-14.
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
The tilt wheel lever is located on the
left side of the steering column.
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Hold the wheel and pull the lever
toward you.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Release the lever to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Interior Lighting
Dome Lamp
The center mounted dome lamp
overhead comes on when a door is
opened. This lamp can also be
turned on by turning the instrument
panel brightness control clockwise.
Reading Lamps
The vehicle has reading lamps that
also act as the dome lamp. Press
the button near each lamp to turn
them on and off.
Black plate (10,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
1-10 In Brief
Map Lamps
The vehicle has map lamps on the
rearview mirror. Press the button
near each lamp to turn the map
lamps on and off.
For more information on interior
lighting, see:
.Instrument Panel Illumination
Control on page 6-5.
.Courtesy Lamps on page 6-5.
Exterior Lighting
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
O:Turns off the automatic
headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turning the headlamp
control to the off position again will
turn the automatic headlamps or
DRL back on. For vehicles first sold
in Canada, the off position only
works when the vehicle is shifted
into the P (Park) position.
AUTO: Automatically operates the
headlamps and other exterior lamps
at normal brightness.
;:Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
2:Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
#:If equipped, turns on the fog
lamps.
See:
.Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6-1
.Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)/
Automatic Headlamp System on
page 6-2
.Fog Lamps on page 6-4
Windshield Wiper/Washer
The lever is located on the left side
of the steering column.
8:Single wipe, turn to 8, then
release. Several wipes, hold the
band on 8longer.
9:Turns the windshield
wipers off.
Black plate (11,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
In Brief 1-11
6:Turn the band up for more
frequent wipes or down for less
frequent wipes.
6:Slow wipes.
?:Fast wipes.
Windshield Washer
Push the paddle Lat the top of the
lever to spray washer fluid on the
windshield.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5-3.
Climate Controls
This vehicle may have a dual or single climate control system. The heating,
cooling, defrost, defog, and ventilation can be controlled with either of these
systems.
Dual Zone with Optional Heated Seat Controls
1. Fan Control
2. Outside Air
3. Recirculation
4. Air Delivery Mode Control
5. Air Conditioning
6. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats (If Equipped)
7. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls
8. Rear Window Defogger
Black plate (12,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
1-12 In Brief
Single Zone
1. Fan Control
2. Outside Air
3. Temperature Control
4. Recirculation
5. Air Delivery Mode Control
6. Air Conditioning
7. Rear Window Defogger
See Climate Control Systems on
page 8-1.
Black plate (13,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
In Brief 1-13
Vehicle Features
Radio(s)
Radio with CD (Base)
O:Press to turn the system on
and off. Turn to increase or
decrease the volume.
BAND: Press to choose between
FM1, FM2, AM, or SiriusXM
®
(if
equipped) on the Radio with
CD (Base).
f:Select radio stations.
© ¨ :Seek or scan stations.
4:For vehicles with RDS, press to
display additional text information
related to the current FM-RDS or
SiriusXM station; or CD, MP3,
or WMA song. If information is
available during SiriusXM or CD
playback, the song title information
displays on the top line of the
display and artist information
displays on the bottom line. When
information is not available, “No
Info”displays.
For more information about these
and other radio features, see
Infotainment on page 7-1.
Storing a Favorite Station
Depending on which radio the
vehicle has, radio stations are
stored as either favorites or presets.
For radios with a FAV button, a
maximum of 36 stations can be
stored as favorites using the
six softkeys located below the radio
station frequency tabs and by using
Black plate (14,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
1-14 In Brief
the radio FAV button. Press FAV to
go through up to six pages of
favorites, each having six favorite
stations available per page. Each
page of favorites can contain any
combination of AM, FM, or SiriusXM
stations.
For radios without a FAV button, up
to 18 stations (six FM1, six FM2, and
six AM), can be programmed on the
six numbered buttons.
See Operation on page 7-2.
Setting the Clock
To set the time for the Radio with
CD (Base):
1. Press the Hbutton until the hour
begins flashing on the display.
Press Ha second time and the
minutes begin flashing on the
display.
2. To increase or decrease the
time, do one of the following
while the hours or minutes are
flashing:
.Turn the fknob.
.Press ¨SEEK or ©SEEK.
.Press \FWD or sREV.
3. Press the Hbutton again until
the clock display stops flashing
to set the currently displayed
time, or wait five seconds until
the flashing stops and the
current time displayed is
automatically set.
For detailed instructions on setting
the clock for your specific audio
system, see Clock on page 5-6.
Satellite Radio
SiriusXM
®
is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
A fee is required to receive the
SiriusXM service.
For more information, refer to:
.www.siriusxm.com or call
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.)
.www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079 (Canada)
See Satellite Radio on page 7-8.
Portable Audio Devices
This vehicle may have an auxiliary
input jack on the audio faceplate.
External devices such as iPods
®
,
MP3 players, etc. can be connected
to the auxiliary input jack using a
3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack cable.
See “Using the Auxiliary Input Jack”
under Auxiliary Devices on
page 7-19.
Bluetooth
®
If equipped with a Bluetooth system,
it allows users with a
Bluetooth-enabled cell phone to
make and receive hands-free calls
using the vehicle’s audio system
and controls.
Black plate (15,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
In Brief 1-15
The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired with the Bluetooth
system before it can be used in the
vehicle. Not all phones will support
all functions. For more information,
see www.gm.com/bluetooth and
Bluetooth on page 7-19.
Steering Wheel Controls
If equipped, these controls are
located on the right side of the
steering wheel.
w:Press to go to the next radio
station stored as a favorite, or the
next track if a CD is playing.
b/g:Press to silence the vehicle
speakers only. Press again to turn
the sound on. Press and hold longer
than two seconds to interact with
the OnStar
®
or Bluetooth systems,
if equipped.
c/x:Press to go to the
previous radio station stored as a
favorite, the next track if a CD is
playing, reject an incoming call,
or end a current call.
SRCE: Press to choose between
the radio, CD, and auxiliary
input jack.
+e−e:Press to increase or
decrease volume.
¨:Press to go to the next radio
station while in AM, FM, or XM.
Press to go to the next track or
chapter while sourced to the CD.
For more information, see Steering
Wheel Controls on page 5-2.
Cruise Control
J:Press to turn cruise control on
and off. The indicator is lit when
cruise control is on.
+RES: Press briefly to make the
vehicle resume to a previously set
speed, or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
Black plate (16,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
1-16 In Brief
SET−:Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.
[:Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control on page 9-29.
Power Outlets
The vehicle has three 12‐volt outlets
which can be used to plug in
electrical equipment, such as a cell
phone or MP3 player.
On vehicles with a center console,
one outlet is located inside the
center floor console and two outlets
are located at the front of the
console bin under the instrument
panel.
On vehicles without a center
console, two are located under the
climate controls and another outlet
for the rear seat passengers is at
the rear of the center front seat.
Remove the cover to access and
replace when not in use.
See Power Outlets on page 5-7.
Universal Remote System
Vehicles with the Universal Remote
System will have these buttons
located in the headliner.
This system provides a way to
replace up to three remote control
transmitters used to activate
devices such as garage door
openers, security systems, and
home automation devices.
Read the instructions completely
before attempting to program the
transmitter. Because of the steps
involved, it may be helpful to have
another person assist with
programming the transmitter.
See Universal Remote System on
page 5-39.
Black plate (17,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
In Brief 1-17
Performance and
Maintenance
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) which limits wheel
spin. The system turns on
automatically every time the vehicle
is started.
The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system assists with
directional control of the vehicle in
difficult driving conditions. The
system turns on automatically every
time the vehicle is started.
.To turn traction control off, press
and release the TCS/ESC button
Yon the instrument panel. The
appropriate Driver Information
Center (DIC) message displays.
See Ride Control System
Messages on page 5-30.
.Press and release the TCS/ESC
button Yagain to turn on
traction control.
.To turn off both TCS and ESC,
press and hold the TCS/ESC
button Yon the instrument
panel until gilluminates and the
appropriate DIC message
display. See Ride Control
System Messages on page 5-30.
.Press and release the TCS/ESC
button Yagain to turn on both
systems.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-27.
Tire Pressure Monitor
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The low tire pressure warning light
alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9.
The warning light will remain on until
the tire pressure is corrected.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
may be an early indicator that the
Black plate (18,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
1-18 In Brief
tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.
The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
on page 10-41.
Engine Oil Life System
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and displays a DIC message when
it is necessary to change the engine
oil and filter. The oil life system
should be reset to 100% only
following an oil change.
Resetting the Oil Life System
1. Using the DIC, display OIL LIFE
REMAINING. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-23.
2. Press and hold the Set/Reset
button on the DIC for more than
five seconds. The oil life will
change to 100%.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10-8.
E85 or FlexFuel
Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can
use either unleaded gasoline or
ethanol fuel containing up to 85%
ethanol (E85). See E85 or FlexFuel
on page 9-33. For all other vehicles,
use only the unleaded gasoline
described under Recommended
Fuel on page 9-31.
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
.Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
.Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
.Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
.When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
.Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
.Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.
.Combine several trips into a
single trip.
.Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
.Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Black plate (19,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
In Brief 1-19
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
As the owner of a new Chevrolet,
you are automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13-5.
OnStar
®
If equipped, this vehicle has a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live Advisor
for Emergency, Security, Navigation,
Connection, and Diagnostic
Services. See OnStar Overview on
page 14-1.
Black plate (20,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
1-20 In Brief
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors, and
Windows
Keys and Locks
Keys .......................... 2-1
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Doors
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . 2-11
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-12
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . 2-14
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-14
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Keys and Locks
Keys
{Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the ignition key is dangerous and
children or others could be
seriously injured or killed. They
could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will
function with the keys in the
ignition, and children or others
could be caught in the path of a
closing window. Do not leave
children in a vehicle with the
ignition key.
Black plate (2,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The key can be used for the ignition
and the driver door. If the vehicle is
a taxi model, the key can also be
used in the trunk.
If it becomes difficult to turn the key
in a vehicle lock, inspect the key
blade for debris. Periodically clean
with a brush or pick.
See your dealer if a replacement
key or additional key is needed.
If you are locked out of your vehicle,
contact Roadside Assistance. See
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13-5 for more information.
With an active OnStar subscription,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview on page 14-1.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-15.
If there is a decrease in the RKE
operating range:
.Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
.Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
.Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement”later
in this section.
.If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter functions work up to
60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle.
There are other conditions which
can affect the performance of the
transmitter. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System on page 2-2.
With Remote Start Shown, Without
Remote Start Similar
/(Remote Vehicle Start): For
vehicles with this feature, press to
start the engine from outside the
Black plate (3,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3
vehicle using the RKE transmitter.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2-5 for additional information.
Q(Lock): Press to lock all the
doors. If enabled through the Driver
Information Center (DIC), the
parking lamps flash once to indicate
locking has occurred. If enabled
through the DIC, the horn chirps
when Qis pressed again within
five seconds. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-34 for
additional information.
Pressing Qmay arm the content
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System on page 2-11.
K(Unlock): Press once to unlock
the driver door. If Kis pressed
again within five seconds, all
remaining doors unlock. The interior
lamps come on and stay on for
20 seconds or until the ignition is
turned on. If enabled through the
DIC, the parking lamps flash twice
to indicate unlocking has occurred.
See Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-34.
Pressing Kon the RKE transmitter
disarms the content theft-deterrent
system. See Vehicle Alarm System
on page 2-11.
V(Remote Trunk Release):
Press and hold for about
one second to open the trunk. The
transmission must be in P (Park).
L(Vehicle Locator/Panic
Alarm): Press and release to
locate the vehicle. The turn signal
lamps flash and the horn sounds
three times. Press and hold Lfor
more than two seconds to activate
the panic alarm. The turn signal
lamps flash and the horn sounds
repeatedly for 30 seconds. The
alarm turns off when the ignition is
turned to ON/RUN or Lis pressed
again. The ignition must be in
LOCK/OFF for the panic alarm
to work.
Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to the vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
When the replacement transmitter is
programmed to the vehicle, all
remaining transmitters must also be
programmed. Any lost or stolen
transmitters no longer work once the
new transmitter is programmed.
Each vehicle can have up to eight
transmitters programmed to it. See
your dealer to program new
transmitters.
Programming with a Recognized
Transmitter
To program a new key:
1. Insert the original, already
programmed key in the ignition
and turn to the key to the ON/
RUN position.
2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF, and
remove the key.
Black plate (4,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows
3. Insert the new key to be
programmed and turn it to the
ON/RUN position within
five seconds.
The security light will turn off
once the key has been
programmed.
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 if additional
keys are to be programmed.
If a key is lost or damaged, see your
dealer to have a new key made.
Programming without a
Recognized Transmitter
Program a new key to the vehicle
when a recognized key is not
available. Canadian regulations
require that owners see their dealer.
If there are no currently recognized
keys available, follow this procedure
to program the 1st key.
This procedure will take
approximately 30 minutes to
complete for the first key. The
vehicle must be off and all of the
keys you wish to program must be
with you.
1. Insert the new vehicle key into
the ignition.
2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security
light will come on.
3. Wait 10 minutes until the
security light turns off.
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
times. After the third time, turn to
ON/RUN; the key is learned and
all previously known keys will no
longer work with the vehicle.
Remaining keys can be learned by
following the procedure in
“Programming with a
Recognized Key.”
Battery Replacement
Replace the battery if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC. See
“REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE
KEY”under Key and Lock
Messages on page 5-30 for
additional information.
{Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.
Black plate (5,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5
To replace the battery:
1. Separate the transmitter with a
flat, thin object, such as a flat
head screwdriver.
.Carefully insert the tool into
the notch located along the
parting line of the
transmitter. Do not insert
the tool too far. Stop as
soon as resistance is felt.
.Twist the tool until the
transmitter is separated.
2. Remove the old battery. Do not
use a metal object.
3. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing down. Replace with a
CR2032 or equivalent battery.
4. Snap the transmitter back
together.
Remote Vehicle Start
Your vehicle may have a remote
starting feature that allows you to
start the engine from outside the
vehicle. It may also start the
vehicle's heating or air conditioning
systems and rear window defogger.
When the remote start system is
active and the vehicle has an
automatic climate control system, it
will automatically regulate the inside
temperature. Normal operation of
these systems will return after the
ignition key is turned to ON/RUN.
Laws in some communities may
restrict the use of remote starters.
For example, some laws may
require a person using remote start
to have the vehicle in view when
doing so. Check local regulations for
any requirements on remote starting
of vehicles.
Do not use the remote start feature
if your vehicle is low on fuel. Your
vehicle may run out of fuel.
The RKE transmitter range may be
less while the vehicle is running.
There are other conditions which
can affect the performance of the
transmitter. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System on page 2-2.
/(Remote Start): This button will
be on the RKE transmitter if you
have remote start.
To start the vehicle using the remote
start feature:
1. Aim the transmitter at the
vehicle.
Black plate (6,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows
2. Press and release Q, then
immediately press and hold /
for at least four seconds or until
the vehicle's turn signal lamps
flash. The doors will lock.
When the vehicle starts, the
parking lamps turn on and
remain on while the engine is
running.
The remote start feature provides
two separate starts per ignition
cycle, each with 10 minutes of
engine running time, or one start
with a time extension. The first start
must expire or be canceled to get
two separate 10-minute starts.
If it is the first remote start since the
vehicle has been driven, repeat the
previous steps, while the engine is
still running, to extend the engine
running time by 10 minutes from the
time you repeat the steps for remote
starting. The remote start running
time can be extended one time and
only after the first remote start.
After entering the vehicle during a
remote start, insert and turn the key
to ON/RUN to drive the vehicle.
The engine will shut off
automatically after 10 minutes,
unless a time extension has been
done or the vehicle's key is inserted
into the ignition switch and turned to
ON/RUN.
To manually shut off a remote start,
do any of the following.
.Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle and press and
release /.
.Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.Turn the ignition switch out of
LOCK/OFF and then back to
LOCK/OFF.
After the engine has been started
two times, or one time with a time
extension, the vehicle's ignition
must be turned to ON/RUN using
the key before the remote start
procedure can be used again.
See Ignition Positions on page 9-15
for information regarding the ignition
positions on your vehicle.
The remote vehicle start feature will
not operate if any of the follow
occur:
.The vehicle's key is in the
ignition.
.The vehicle's hood is open.
.The hazard warning flashers
are on.
.The check engine light is on.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
on page 5-15.
.The engine coolant temperature
is too high.
.The oil pressure is low.
.The content theft-deterrent alarm
has been activated.
.Two remote vehicle starts,
or one start with a time
extension, have already been
provided for that ignition cycle.
Black plate (7,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7
Door Locks
{Warning
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
.Passengers, especially
children, can easily open the
doors and fall out of a moving
vehicle. When a door is
locked, the handle will not
open it. The chance of being
thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash is increased if the
doors are not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
safety belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
.Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child can
be overcome by extreme heat
and can suffer permanent
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
injuries or even death from
heat stroke. Always lock the
vehicle whenever leaving it.
.Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop
the vehicle. Locking the doors
can help prevent this from
happening.
From the outside, use the key in the
driver door or use the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter to
lock and unlock the vehicle. From
the inside, use the manual or power
door locks.
To lock or unlock the driver side
door from the outside with the key,
insert the key and turn it clockwise
or counterclockwise.
To lock or unlock the door from the
inside, push or pull the manual
lock knob.
Power Door Locks
A power door lock switch is located
on both front doors next to the door
handle.
Press the top of the switch to unlock
all doors or press the bottom of the
switch to lock all doors.
If the vehicle has the optional
content theft-deterrent system and it
is armed, the power door lock
switches will be disabled. You must
use the RKE transmitter or the key
Black plate (8,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows
to unlock the doors when the
system is armed. See Vehicle Alarm
System on page 2-11.
Delayed Locking
This feature allows the driver to
delay the actual locking of the
doors. When the driver power door
lock switch is pressed with the key
removed from the ignition, and the
driver door open, a chime will sound
three times to signal that the
delayed locking system is active.
When all doors have been closed,
the doors will lock automatically
after several seconds. If any door is
opened before this, the timer will
reset itself once all the doors have
been closed again.
Pressing the driver or passenger
power door lock switch again or the
RKE transmitter button will override
this feature.
Personal Choice Programming
The delayed locking feature can be
turned on or off, using the Driver
Information Center (DIC) to program
this feature. See “DELAY DOOR
LOCK”under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-34.
Automatic Door Locks
The doors will automatically lock
when the shift lever is moved out of
P (Park). The automatic door locking
feature cannot be disabled.
Programmable Automatic Door
Unlock
The vehicle is programmed so that
when the shift lever is moved into
P (Park) all doors will unlock.
With the vehicle stopped and the
engine running, door unlocking can
be programmed through prompts
displayed on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). These prompts allow
the driver to choose various unlock
settings. For programming
information, see Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-34.
Lockout Protection
This feature helps prevent you from
locking the doors while the key is in
the ignition. Always remember to
take your key with you when exiting
the vehicle.
If the lock switch is pressed on the
door that is open and the key is in
the ignition, all of the doors will lock
and then the open door will unlock.
A chime sounds continuously until
the driver door is closed.
Safety Locks
Rear door security locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear
doors from the inside.
The rear door security locks are
located on the inside edge of each
rear door. The rear doors must be
opened to access them.
Black plate (9,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9
To assist in finding the lock, the
vehicle has the following:
To use the lock:
1. Insert the key into the security
lock slot and turn it so the slot is
in the horizontal position.
2. Close the door.
3. Do the same for the other
rear door.
To open a rear door when the
security lock is on, do the following:
1. Unlock the door by using the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter, if the vehicle has
one, by pressing the power door
lock switch, or by lifting the rear
door manual lock.
2. Open the door from the outside.
To cancel the rear door
security lock:
1. Unlock the door and open it from
the outside.
2. Insert the key into the security
lock slot and turn it so the slot is
in the vertical position.
3. Do the same for the other
rear door.
Doors
Trunk
{Warning
Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the
liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with
any objects that pass through the
seal between the body and the
trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine
exhaust contains Carbon
Monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. It can cause
unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open:
.Close all of the windows.
.Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
Black plate (10,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
.Adjust the Climate Control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air and
set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See “Climate
Control Systems”in the
Index.
.If the vehicle is equipped with
a power liftgate, disable the
power liftgate function.
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9-21.
Trunk Release
To open the trunk from the outside,
press Von the RKE transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2-2.
Or, use the key in the lock cylinder,
if equipped.
Remote Trunk Release
To open the trunk from the inside,
press V. See Trunk on page 2-9.
The trunk can also be opened by
lowering the rear seat and pulling
the emergency trunk release handle
located inside the trunk. See Rear
Seats (Split Folding) on page 3-7
and “Emergency Trunk Release
Handle”following.
Emergency Trunk Release
Handle
{Caution
Do not use the emergency trunk
release handle as a tie-down or
anchor point when securing items
in the trunk as it could damage
the handle.
Black plate (11,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11
There is a glow-in-the-dark trunk
release handle located on the latch
inside the trunk . This handle will
glow following exposure to light. Pull
the release handle to open the trunk
from the inside.
Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
the vehicle impossible to steal.
Vehicle Alarm System
Your vehicle may have the optional
content theft-deterrent alarm
system.
To activate the theft-deterrent
system:
1. Open the door.
2. Lock the door with the power
door lock switch or the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
If you are using the RKE
transmitter, the door does not
need to be open.
3. Close all doors.
Once armed, the alarm will go off if
someone tries to enter the vehicle
without using the RKE transmitter or
a key or turns the ignition on with an
incorrect key. The horn will sound
and the turn signal lamps will flash
for about 30 seconds.
When the alarm is armed, the trunk
may be opened with the RKE
transmitter. The power door lock
switches are disabled and the doors
remain locked. You must use your
RKE transmitter or your key to
unlock the doors when the system is
armed.
Arming with the Power Lock
Switch
The alarm system will arm when
you use either power lock switch to
lock the doors while any door is
open and the key is removed from
the ignition. The alarm system will
not arm if the trunk is open when
you use either power lock switch to
lock the doors.
Black plate (12,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Arming with the RKE
Transmitter
The alarm system will arm when the
RKE transmitter is used to lock the
doors, if the key is not in the
ignition.
Disarming with the RKE
Transmitter
The alarm system will disarm when
the RKE transmitter is used to
unlock the doors.
The first time a remote unlock
command is received, three flashes
will be seen and three horn chirps
heard to indicate an alarm condition
has occurred since last arming.
Disarming with the Key
The alarm system will disarm when
the key is inserted in the ignition
and turn it from the LOCK/OFF
position.
Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-15.
Immobilizer Operation
This vehicle has PASS-Key
®
III+
(Personalized Automotive Security
System) theft-deterrent system.
PASS-Key III+ is a passive
theft-deterrent system.
The system is automatically armed
when the key is removed from the
ignition.
The system is automatically
disarmed when the key is turned to
ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
or START from the LOCK/OFF
position.
You do not have to manually arm or
disarm the system.
The security light will come on if
there is a problem with arming or
disarming the theft-deterrent
system.
When the PASS-Key III+ system
senses that someone is using the
wrong key, it prevents the vehicle
from starting. Anyone using a
trial-and-error method to start the
vehicle will be discouraged because
of the high number of electrical key
codes.
If the engine does not start and the
security light on the instrument
cluster comes on when trying to
start the vehicle, there may be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. Turn the ignition off and try
again.
If the engine still does not start, and
the key appears to be undamaged,
try another ignition key. At this time,
you may also want to check the
fuse. See Fuses and Circuit
Breakers on page 10-28. If the
engine still does not start with the
other key, the vehicle needs service.
If the vehicle does start, the first key
may be faulty. See your dealer who
can service the PASS-Key III+ to
have a new key made.
It is possible for the PASS-Key III+
decoder to learn the transponder
value of a new or replacement key.
Up to eight keys may be
programmed for the vehicle. The
Black plate (13,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13
following procedure is for
programming additional keys only.
If all the currently programmed keys
are lost or do not operate, you must
see your dealer or a locksmith who
can service PASS-Key III+ to have
keys made and programmed to the
system.
See your dealer or a locksmith who
can service PASS-Key III+ to get a
new key blank cut exactly as the
ignition key that operates the
system.
To program the new additional key:
1. Verify that the new key has a 1
stamped on it.
2. Insert the original, already
programmed key in the ignition
and start the engine. If the
engine will not start, see your
dealer for service.
3. After the engine has started, turn
the key to LOCK/OFF, and
remove the key.
4. Insert the new key to be
programmed and turn it to the
ON/RUN position within
five seconds of turning the
ignition to the LOCK/OFF
position in Step 3.
The security light will turn off
once the key has been
programmed.
5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if
additional keys are to be
programmed.
If you lose or damage your
PASS-Key III+ key, see your dealer
or a locksmith who can service
PASS-Key III+ to have a new
key made.
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
{Warning
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.
Black plate (14,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Power Mirrors
Controls for the outside power
mirrors are located on the driver
door armrest.
1. Press the left or right side of the
selector switch located above
the control pad, to select the
driver or passenger mirror.
2. Press one of the four buttons
located on the control pad to
move the mirror to the desired
direction.
3. Adjust each outside mirror so
that a little of the vehicle and the
area behind it can be seen.
Keep the selector switch in the
center position when not adjusting
either outside mirror.
Heated Mirrors
For vehicles with heated mirrors:
=(Rear Window Defogger):
Press to heat the outside rearview
mirrors. See “Rear Window
Defogger”under Climate Control
Systems on page 8-1 for more
information.
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Manual Rearview Mirror
Push the tab forward for daytime
use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the
headlamps from behind.
Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
If equipped, automatic dimming
reduces the glare of the headlamps
from behind. This feature comes on
when the vehicle is started.
Black plate (15,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15
Windows
{Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke.
The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.
Power Windows
{Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout button to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys on page 2-1.
The switches on the driver door
armrest are used to control each of
the windows. Each passenger door
has its own window switch.
The power window switches work
while the ignition is in ON/RUN,
ACC/ACCESSORY, or while
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) on page 9-18.
To lower the window, press and hold
the front of the switch to the first
position until the window is at the
Black plate (16,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows
desired level. To raise the window,
pull up and hold the front of the
switch.
Express-Down Window
The driver window switch has an
express-down feature labeled
AUTO. This lets you lower the
window completely without holding
the switch. Press the front of the
switch to the second position and
release.
To stop the window while it is
lowering, briefly pull up on the
switch.
Window Lockout
o(Window Lockout): The driver
window switches also include a
lockout switch. Press the right side
of the switch to prevent the rear
passengers from using their window
switches. The driver can still control
all the windows and the front
passenger can control their own
window with the lockout on. Press
the left side of the switch to return to
normal window operation. A red bar
on the right side of the switch
indicates that the lockout is off.
Sun Visors
Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. If equipped, detach the sun
visor from the center mount to pivot
to the side window or to extend
along the rod.
Roof
Sunroof
On vehicles with a sunroof, the
sunroof switches are on the
overhead console.
The sunroof can only be operated
when the ignition is in ON/RUN or
ACC/ACCESSORY, or when
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) on page 9-18.
Black plate (17,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17
Q(Vent/Express-Open): Press this
switch once to vent the sunroof
when it is closed. When using the
vent, the sunshade should be fully
opened. The sunshade can be
opened or closed manually by
sliding it rearward or forward.
From the vent position, press this
switch again to activate the
express-open feature. Press the
close switch to stop movement of
the sunroof. The sunshade will
automatically open when using
express-open.
A deflector will automatically pop up
when the sunroof is opened. The
deflector will retract when the
sunroof is closed.
R(Close): Press and hold this
switch until the sunroof motor stops
to close the sunroof, or release the
switch when the desired position
has been reached.
Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation and noise. It could also
plug the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from sunroof.
Black plate (18,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and
Restraints
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Rear Seats
Rear Seats (Split Folding) . . . . . 3-7
Safety Belts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-16
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-19
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-29
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-29
Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-35
Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-36
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Securing Child Restraints
(Center Front Seat
Position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Securing Child Restraints
(Front Outboard
Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Black plate (2,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
{Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.
Front Seats
The vehicle's front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button located on top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not designed to be
removed.
Black plate (3,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-3
Rear Seats
The vehicle's rear seat has head
restraints in the outboard seating
positions that cannot be adjusted.
The rear seat outboard head
restraints are not designed to be
removed.
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment
{Warning
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
To adjust the seat:
1. Lift the bar under the front edge
of the seat cushion to unlock
the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the bar.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure the seat is
locked in place.
Center Seat
Black plate (4,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-4 Seats and Restraints
The vehicle may have a front center
seat. There are cupholders on the
underside of the seat cushion. To
use them, flip the seat cushion
forward. The seat can also be used
as a storage area by lowering the
seatback. See Center Console
Storage on page 4-1.
The seatback doubles as an
armrest for the driver or front
passenger when the center seat is
unoccupied.
Power Seat Adjustment
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
.Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
.Raise or lower the front or rear
of the seat cushion by moving
the front or rear of the control up
or down.
The driver seat may have power
reclining seatbacks. See “Power
Reclining Seatbacks”under
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-5.
Lumbar Adjustment
Manual Lumbar
Move the lever up or down to
increase or decrease lumbar
support.
Black plate (5,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-5
Reclining Seatbacks
{Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.
Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
{Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
To recline a manual seatback:
1. Lift the lever.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
Black plate (6,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-6 Seats and Restraints
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
Power Reclining Seatbacks
To adjust a power seatback,
if equipped:
.Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
.Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
Heated Front Seats
{Warning
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, people
with such a condition should use
care when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.
If available, the buttons are on the
climate control panel. To operate,
the ignition must be on.
Press Lor Mto heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the heated seat will
change to the next lower setting,
and then to the off setting. The
lights indicate two for the highest
setting and one for the lowest.
Black plate (7,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-7
The passenger seat may take
longer to heat up.
The heated seats are canceled
each time the ignition is turned off.
To use this feature after restarting
the vehicle, press the desired button
again.
Rear Seats
Rear Seats (Split Folding)
Flip and Fold Feature
On vehicles with this feature, the
seat cushions flip forward and the
seatbacks fold down to create an
extended flat cargo area.
To flip the seat cushion and fold the
seatback:
1. Make sure the front seats are
not reclined. The seat cushion
will not flip forward completely if
the front seats are reclined.
2. Flip the seat cushion forward by
pulling up on the tab in the
center of the seat cushion where
the seatback meets the seat
bottom.
Black plate (8,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-8 Seats and Restraints
3. Lower the seatback by pulling
forward on the tab on the
outboard side of the rear
seatback.
To return the seats to the normal
position:
{Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
1. Raise the seatback and make
sure it latches.
{Warning
A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
2. Make sure the safety belts are
properly stowed over the
seatback in all three seating
positions.
3. Flip the bottom seat cushion
back into place. Push down
firmly on the seat cushion to
make sure it is secure.
When the seat is not in use, the
seatback should be placed in the
upright, locked position, and the
seat cushion should be in the down
position.
Under Seat Storage
The vehicle has a storage area
under the rear seat. See Rear
Storage on page 4-1.
Black plate (9,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-9
Safety Belts
This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts
properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts.
{Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
with seats and safety belts.
Always wear a safety belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders on
page 5-13.
Why Safety Belts Work
When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the safety belts!
When you wear a safety belt, you
and the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the
Black plate (10,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-10 Seats and Restraints
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.
Questions and Answers About
Safety Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
safety belt?
A: You could be —whether you are
wearing a safety belt or not.
Your chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only; so they work with
safety belts —not instead of
them. Whether or not an airbag
is provided, all occupants still
have to buckle up to get the
most protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing safety belts.
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly
This section is only for people of
adult size.
There are special things to know
about safety belts and children. And
there are different rules for smaller
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older
Children on page 3-30 or Infants
and Young Children on page 3-32.
Follow those rules for everyone's
protection.
It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
There are important things to know
about wearing a safety belt properly.
.Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front
of you.
.Always use the correct buckle
for your seating position.
.Wear the lap part of the belt low
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
Black plate (11,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-11
.Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.
{Warning
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly.
.Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
.Never wear the shoulder belt
under both arms or behind
your back.
.Never route the lap or
shoulder belt over an
armrest.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt except for
the center front passenger position
(if equipped), which has a lap belt.
See Lap Belt on page 3-15 for more
information.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see “Seats”
in the Index.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let it
get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
you pull the belt across you very
quickly. If this happens, let the
belt go back slightly to unlock it.
Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
Black plate (12,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-12 Seats and Restraints
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be engaged.
If this happens, let the belt go
back all the way and start again.
Engaging the child restraint
locking feature in the right front
seating position may affect the
passenger sensing system. See
Passenger Sensing System on
page 3-24.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
If the latch plate will not go fully
into the buckle, check if the
correct buckle is being used.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the belt
is not long enough, see Safety
Belt Extender on page 3-16.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
in this section for instructions on
use and important safety
information.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.
It may be necessary to pull
stitching on the safety belt
through the latch plate to fully
tighten the lap belt on smaller
occupants.
Black plate (13,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-13
To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
belt is out of the way. If a door is
slammed against a safety belt,
damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has shoulder belt height
adjusters for the driver and right
front passenger positions.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
and not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on
page 3-10.
Squeeze the buttons on the sides of
the height adjuster and move the
height adjuster to the desired
position.
You can move the adjuster up just
by pushing up on the shoulder belt
guide.
After the adjuster is set to the
desired position, try to move it down
without squeezing the buttons to
make sure it has locked into
position.
Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal and near
frontal crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. And, if the
vehicle has side impact airbags,
safety belt pretensioners can help
tighten the safety belts in a side
crash.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
they will need to be replaced, and
Black plate (14,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-14 Seats and Restraints
probably other new parts for the
vehicle's safety belt system. See
Replacing Safety Belt System Parts
after a Crash on page 3-17.
Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides
Rear safety belt comfort guides may
provide added safety belt comfort
for older children who have
outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed and
properly adjusted, the comfort guide
positions the belt away from the
neck and head.
Here is how to install a comfort
guide to the safety belt:
1. Pull the guide out from the
pocket on the edge of the
seatback.
2. Place the guide over the belt,
and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.
3. Be sure that the belt is not
twisted and it lies flat. The
elastic cord must be under the
belt and the guide on top.
{Warning
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
(Continued)
Black plate (15,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-15
Warning (Continued)
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
4. Buckle, position, and release the
safety belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the
belt is on the shoulder and not
falling off of it. The belt should
be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.
To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can
be removed from the guide. Slide
the guide into the storage pocket on
the edge of the seatback.
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts.
A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them
properly.
Lap Belt
This section is only for the lap belt.
To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder
belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt on
page 3-11.
The vehicle may have a center
seating position. When you sit in the
center front seating position, you
have a lap safety belt, which has no
retractor.
Black plate (16,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-16 Seats and Restraints
To make the belt longer, tilt the latch
plate and pull it along the belt.
Buckle, position, and release it the
same way as the lap part of a
lap-shoulder belt.
To make the belt shorter, pull its free
end as shown until the belt is snug.
If the belt is not long enough, see
Safety Belt Extender on page 3-16.
Make sure the release button on the
buckle is positioned so you would
be able to unbuckle the safety belt
quickly if necessary.
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
But if a safety belt is not long
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child seats. To
wear it, attach it to the regular safety
belt. For more information, see the
instruction sheet that comes with
the extender.
Safety System Check
Now and then, check that the safety
belt reminder light, safety belts,
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
anchorages are all working properly.
Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
safety belts may not protect you in a
Black plate (17,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-17
crash. They can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or
frayed, get a new one right away.
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt
Reminders on page 5-13.
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
See Safety Belt Care on page 3-17.
Safety Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.
{Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.
Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a
Crash
{Warning
A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the safety belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5-13.
Black plate (18,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-18 Seats and Restraints
Airbag System
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
.A frontal airbag for the driver.
.A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger.
.A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver.
.A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard
passenger.
.A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and passenger directly behind
the driver.
.A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and
passenger seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger.
All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG embossed in the trim or on
an attached label near the
deployment opening.
For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger.
For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
side of the seatback closest to
the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
{Warning
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your safety belt, even
with airbags. Airbags are
designed to work with safety
belts, not replace them. Also,
airbags are not designed to inflate
in every crash. In some crashes
safety belts are the only restraint.
See When Should an Airbag
Inflate? on page 3-21.
Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce the chance of
hitting things inside the vehicle or
being ejected from it. Airbags are
“supplemental restraints”to the
safety belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.
Black plate (19,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-19
{Warning
Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to any
airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
you in position before and during
a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle.
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
{Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children on
page 3-30 or Infants and Young
Children on page 3-32.
There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster which
shows the airbag symbol.
The system checks the airbag
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5-13.
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.
Black plate (20,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-20 Seats and Restraints
The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the instrument
panel on the passenger side.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The seat-mounted side impact
airbags for the driver and front
outboard passenger are in the side
of the seatbacks closest to the door.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
front outboard passenger, and
second row outboard passengers
are in the ceiling above the side
windows.
{Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
(Continued)
Black plate (21,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-21
Warning (Continued)
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie‐down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
This vehicle is equipped with
airbags. See Airbag System on
page 3-18. Airbags are designed to
inflate if the impact exceeds the
specific airbag system's deployment
threshold. Deployment thresholds
are used to predict how severe a
crash is likely to be in time for the
airbags to inflate and help restrain
the occupants. The vehicle has
electronic sensors that help the
airbag system determine the
severity of the impact. Deployment
thresholds can vary with specific
vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head
and chest.
Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
straight on or at an angle, and
whether the object is fixed or
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or wide.
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
impacts, or in many side impacts.
In addition, the vehicle has
advanced technology frontal
airbags. Advanced technology
frontal airbags adjust the restraint
according to crash severity.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are designed to inflate in moderate
to severe side crashes depending
on the location of the impact.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are not designed to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts,
rollovers, or rear impacts.
Black plate (22,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-22 Seats and Restraints
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location
of the impact. Roof-rail airbags are
not designed to inflate in rollovers or
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
will inflate when either side of the
vehicle is struck.
In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or repair costs.
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are
the Airbags? on page 3-19.
How Does an Airbag
Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
Airbags supplement the protection
provided by safety belts. Frontal
airbags distribute the force of the
impact more evenly over the
occupant's upper body, stopping the
occupant more gradually.
Seat-mounted side impact and
roof-rail airbags distribute the force
of the impact more evenly over the
occupant's upper body.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? on
page 3-21 for more information.
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to safety belts.
What Will You See after
an Airbag Inflates?
After the frontal airbags and
seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so
quickly that some people may not
even realize an airbag inflated.
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
partially inflated for some time after
they inflate. Some components of
the airbag module may be hot for
several minutes. For location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? on page 3-19.
The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
Black plate (23,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-23
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.
{Warning
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps, turn on the
hazard warning flashers, and shut
off the fuel system after the airbags
inflate. You can lock the doors, turn
off the interior lamps, and turn off
the hazard warning flashers by
using the controls for those
features.
{Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
.Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.
.The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy on
page 13-13 and Event Data
Recorders on page 13-14.
Black plate (24,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-24 Seats and Restraints
.Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.
Passenger Sensing
System
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the front
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
will be visible on the instrument
panel when the vehicle is started.
United States
Canada
The words ON and OFF, or the
symbol for on and off, will be visible
during the system check. When the
system check is complete, either the
word ON or the word OFF, or the
symbol for on or off, will be visible.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5-14.
The passenger sensing system will
turn off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system.
The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of
the front outboard passenger seat.
The sensors are designed to detect
the presence of a properly-seated
occupant and determine if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
should be allowed to inflate or not.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
Black plate (25,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-25
{Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
inflate under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag is off.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
.The front outboard passenger
seat is unoccupied.
.The system determines that an
infant is present in a child
restraint.
.A front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time.
.There is a critical problem with
the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag,
the off indicator will light and stay lit
to remind you that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5-14.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
anytime the system senses that a
person of adult size is sitting
properly in the front outboard
passenger seat. When the
passenger sensing system has
allowed the airbag to be enabled,
the on indicator will light and stay lit
to remind you that the airbag is
active.
For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn
off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, depending upon the
Black plate (26,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-26 Seats and Restraints
person's seating posture and body
build. Everyone in the vehicle who
has outgrown child restraints should
wear a safety belt
properly —whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.
{Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5-13 for more
information, including important
safety information.
If the On Indicator is Lit for a
Child Restraint
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if
the system determines that an infant
is present in a child restraint. If a
child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions provided
by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints (Front
Outboard Passenger Seat) on
page 3-46 or Securing Child
Restraints (Center Front Seat
Position) on page 3-46 or
Securing Child Restraints (Rear
Seat) on page 3-44.
5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still lit,
turn the vehicle off. Then slightly
recline the vehicle seatback and
adjust the seat cushion,
if adjustable, to make sure that
the vehicle seatback is not
pushing the child restraint into
the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under the
vehicle head restraint. If this
happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head Restraints
on page 3-2.
Black plate (27,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-27
6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system may
or may not turn off the airbags for a
child in a child restraint depending
upon the child's size. It is better to
secure a child restraint in a
rear seat
If the Off Indicator is Lit for an
Adult-Sized Occupant
If a person of adult-size is sitting in
the front outboard passenger seat,
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
because that person is not sitting
properly in the seat. If this happens,
use the following steps to allow the
system to detect that person and
enable the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, seat massagers, a
laptop, or other electronic
devices.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.
5. Restart the vehicle and have the
person remain in this position for
two to three minutes after the on
indicator is lit.
{Warning
If the front outboard passenger
airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
will not be able to inflate and help
protect that person in a crash,
resulting in an increased risk of
serious injury or even death. An
adult-sized occupant should not
ride in the front outboard
passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag off indicator is lit.
Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
Safety belts help keep the
passenger in position on the seat
during vehicle maneuvers and
braking, which helps the passenger
sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See
“Safety Belts”and “Child Restraints”
in the Index for additional
information about the importance of
proper restraint use.
Black plate (28,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-28 Seats and Restraints
A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system
operates. We recommend that you
not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3-29 for more information
about modifications that can affect
how the system operates.
A wet seat can affect the
performance of the passenger
sensing system. Here is how:
.The passenger sensing system
may turn off the passenger
airbag when liquid is soaked into
the seat. If this happens, the off
indicator will be lit, and the
airbag readiness light on the
instrument panel will also be lit.
.Liquid pooled on the seat that
has not soaked in may make it
more likely that the passenger
sensing system will turn on the
passenger airbag while a child
restraint or child occupant is on
the seat. If the passenger airbag
is turned on, the on indicator will
be lit.
If the passenger seat gets wet, dry
the seat immediately. If the airbag
readiness light is lit, do not install a
child restraint or allow anyone to
occupy the seat. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5-13 for
important safety information.
The on indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop or
other electronic device, is put on an
unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired, remove the object from
the seat.
{Warning
Stowing of articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.
Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering
Information on page 13-11.
Black plate (29,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-29
{Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Adding accessories that change the
vehicle's frame, bumper system,
height, front end, or side sheet
metal, may keep the airbag system
from working properly. The
operation of the airbag system can
also be affected by changing or
moving any parts of the front seats,
safety belts, the airbag sensing and
diagnostic module, steering wheel,
instrument panel, roof-rail airbag
modules, ceiling headliner or pillar
garnish trim, front sensors, side
impact sensors, or airbag wiring.
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
of the airbag sensors, sensing and
diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system for the
front outboard passenger position,
which includes sensors that are part
of the passenger seat. The
passenger sensing system may not
operate properly if the original seat
trim is replaced with non-GM
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
GM covers, upholstery, or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This
could either prevent proper
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
sensing system from properly
turning off the passenger airbag(s).
See Passenger Sensing System on
page 3-24.
If you have to modify your vehicle
because you have a disability and
you have questions about whether
the modifications will affect the
vehicle's airbag system, or if you
have questions about whether the
airbag system will be affected if the
vehicle is modified for any other
reason, call Customer Assistance.
See Customer Assistance Offices
on page 13-3.
Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5-13.
Black plate (30,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-30 Seats and Restraints
{Caution
If an airbag covering is damaged,
opened, or broken, the airbag
may not work properly. Do not
open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag
coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module
replaced. For the location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? on page 3-19. See your
dealer for service.
Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash
{Warning
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not work properly and may not
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5-13.
Child Restraints
Older Children
Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle safety belts.
Black plate (31,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-31
The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
.Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear safety
belt comfort guide. See “Rear
Safety Belt Comfort Guides”
under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
page 3-11. If the shoulder belt
still does not rest on the
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat.
.Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.Can proper safety belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
Q: What is the proper way to
wear safety belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
page 3-11.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
{Warning
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person
at a time.
Black plate (32,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-32 Seats and Restraints
{Warning
Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
{Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck and
the safety belt continues to
tighten. Never leave children
unattended in a vehicle and never
allow children to play with the
safety belts.
Black plate (33,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-33
Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
{Warning
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
arms. An infant should be
secured in an appropriate
restraint.
{Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the right front
seat. Secure a rear-facing child
restraint in a rear seat. It is also
better to secure a forward-facing
child restraint in a rear seat. If you
must secure a forward-facing
child restraint in the right front
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
seat, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as it
will go.
Black plate (34,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-34 Seats and Restraints
Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?
A: Add-on child restraints, which
are purchased by the vehicle
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular
restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
weight, height, and age but also
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used.
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying
that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
The restraint manufacturer
instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints
available for children with
special needs.
{Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury during a crash, infants
need complete support. In a
crash, if an infant is in a
rear-facing child restraint, the
crash forces can be distributed
across the strongest part of an
infant's body, the back and
shoulders. Infants should always
be secured in rear-facing child
restraints.
{Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.
Black plate (35,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-35
Child Restraint Systems
Rear-Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing infant seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Forward-Facing Child Seat
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with the
harness.
Booster Seats
A booster seat is a child restraint
designed to improve the fit of the
vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a child
to see out the window.
Black plate (36,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-36 Seats and Restraints
Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle
{Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury,
the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraint
systems must be secured in vehicle
seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3-38.
Children can be endangered in a
crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle —even when no child is
in it.
In some areas of the United States
and Canada, Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat
inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint
{Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.
Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position.
Black plate (37,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-37
We recommend that children and
child restraints be secured in a rear
seat, including: an infant or a child
riding in a rear-facing child restraint;
a child riding in a forward-facing
child seat; an older child riding in a
booster seat; and children, who are
large enough, using safety belts.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
{Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
outboard passenger airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.
The vehicle may have a
passenger sensing system which
is designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
under certain conditions.
Even if the passenger sensing
system, if equipped, has turned
off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, no system is
fail-safe. No one can guarantee
that an airbag will not deploy
under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard seat, always
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
on page 3-24 for additional
information.
{Warning
A child in a child restraint in the
center front seat can be badly
injured or killed by the frontal
airbags if they inflate. Never
secure a child restraint in the
center front seat. It is always
better to secure a child restraint in
a rear seat.
Do not use child restraints in the
center front seat position.
Black plate (38,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-38 Seats and Restraints
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with your
child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others. Always make
sure the child restraint is properly
secured.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent safety belt
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
additional passengers or child
restraints. Adjacent seating
positions should not be used if the
child restraint prevents access to or
interferes with the routing of the
safety belt.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
your vehicle —even when no child
is in it.
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
LATCH attachments on the child
restraint are used to attach the child
restraint to the anchors in the
vehicle. The LATCH system is
designed to make installation of a
child restraint easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
attachments. LATCH-compatible
rear-facing and forward-facing child
seats can be properly installed
using either the LATCH anchors or
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
use both the safety belts and the
LATCH anchorage system to secure
a rear-facing or forward-facing
child seat.
Booster seats use the vehicle’s
safety belts to secure the child in
the booster seat. If the manufacturer
recommends that the booster seat
be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
booster seat can be positioned
properly and there is no interference
with the proper positioning of the
lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint,
and also the instructions in this
manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
child restraint. A child restraint must
never be installed using only the top
tether and anchor.
Black plate (39,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-39
The LATCH anchorage system can
be used until the combined weight
of the child plus the child restraint is
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
alone instead of the LATCH
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments.
Lower Anchors
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each LATCH
seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2).
Top Tether Anchor
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
Black plate (40,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-40 Seats and Restraints
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
Rear Seat
i(Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
j(Lower Anchor): Seating
positions with two lower anchors.
To assist in locating the lower
anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
To assist in locating the top tether
anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is on the cover.
Black plate (41,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-41
The top tether anchors are under
the covers on the rear seatback filler
panel. Be sure to use an anchor on
the same side of the vehicle as the
seating position where the child
restraint will be placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint on page 3-36 for
additional information.
Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System
{Warning
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
not attached to anchors, the child
restraint will not be able to protect
the child correctly. In a crash, the
child could be seriously injured or
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint properly using the
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
belts to secure the restraint,
following the instructions that
came with the child restraint and
the instructions in this manual.
{Warning
Do not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured. To reduce the
risk of serious or fatal injuries
during a crash, attach only one
child restraint per anchor.
{Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck and
the safety belt continues to
tighten. Buckle any unused safety
belts behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
(Continued)
Black plate (42,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-42 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
of the retractor to set the lock,
if the vehicle has one, after the
child restraint has been installed.
{Caution
Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s safety belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled safety belts to
avoid rubbing the LATCH
attachments.
Do not fold the empty rear seat
with a safety belt buckled. This
could damage the safety belt or
the seat. Unbuckle and return the
safety belt to its stowed position,
before folding the seat.
If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint on
page 3-36.
This system is designed to make
the installation of child restraints
easier. When using lower anchors,
do not use the vehicle's safety belts.
Instead, use the vehicle's anchors
and child restraint attachments to
secure the restraints. Some
restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether.
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the top tether and
the safety belts. Refer to your
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the instructions
in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors for
the desired seating
position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments on the child
restraint to the lower
anchors.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether
be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether to the top tether
anchor, if equipped. Refer to the
child restraint instructions and
the following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
2.2. Open the top tether anchor
cover to expose the anchor.
Black plate (43,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-43
2.3. Route, attach, and tighten
the top tether according to
your child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:
If the position you are using
has a fixed headrest and
you are using a single
tether, route the tether over
the head restraint.
If the position you are using
has a fixed headrest and
you are using a dual tether,
route the tether around the
head restraint.
If you are using a single
tether in the center seating
position without a headrest,
route the single tether over
the seatback.
If you are using a dual
tether in the center seating
position without a headrest,
route the dual tether over
the seatback.
Black plate (44,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-44 Seats and Restraints
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
LATCH path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. There should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement, for proper
installation.
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash
{Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-38 for how and
where to install the child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured in the vehicle using a
safety belt and it uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-38 for top tether anchor
locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
If the child restraint does not have
the LATCH system, you will be
using the safety belt to secure the
child restraint in this position.
Be sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
Secure the child in the child restraint
when and as the instructions say.
Black plate (45,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-45
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint on page 3-36.
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.
5. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
Black plate (46,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-46 Seats and Restraints
6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-38 for more
information.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
Securing Child Restraints
(Center Front Seat
Position)
{Warning
A child in a child restraint in the
center front seat can be badly
injured or killed by the frontal
airbags if they inflate. Never
secure a child restraint in the
center front seat. It is always
better to secure a child restraint in
a rear seat.
Do not use child restraints in the
center front seat position.
Securing Child Restraints
(Front Outboard
Passenger Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint on
page 3-36.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system which is
designed to turn off the right front
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3-24 and
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
on page 5-14 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
Black plate (47,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-47
{Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates and the
passenger seat is in a forward
position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the right front seat, always move
the front passenger seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
on page 3-24 for additional
information.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-38 for how and
where to install the child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured using a safety belt and it
uses a top tether, see for top tether
anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
You will be using the lap-shoulder
belt to secure the child restraint in
this position. Follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag,
the off indicator on the
passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay lit
when the vehicle is started. See
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5-14.
Black plate (48,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-48 Seats and Restraints
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.
6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
Black plate (49,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Seats and Restraints 3-49
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side-to-side and
back-and-forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator in
the passenger airbag status
indicator will come on and stay on
when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
On Indicator is Lit for a Child
Restraint”under Passenger Sensing
System on page 3-24 for more
information.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Black plate (50,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
3-50 Seats and Restraints
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Storage 4-1
Storage
Storage Compartments
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-1
Additional Storage Features
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Storage
Compartments
Glove Box
Lift up on the glove box lever to
open it.
Cupholders
Cupholders may be built into the
front center console, front portion of
the front center seat, and rear
armrest of the vehicle.
Sunglasses Storage
A storage compartment for
sunglasses may be located above
the rearview mirror. Push on the
cover to open the compartment.
Armrest Storage
For vehicles with a rear seat
armrest, pull the tab on the armrest
forward to access it.
Rear Storage
For vehicles with a split folding rear
seat, there are two storage areas
underneath. Pull the tab(s) located
by the passenger side safety belt
buckle and the driver side rear seat
to access the storage areas. See
Rear Seats (Split Folding) on
page 3-7 for more information.
Center Console Storage
For vehicles with a front center
console storage area, open it by
pulling up on the latch located in the
front of the console cover. There
may be a removable tray inside.
Black plate (2,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
4-2 Storage
Additional Storage
Features
Convenience Net
For vehicles with a convenience net,
it is located in the rear. Use it to
store small loads as far forward as
possible. The net should not be
used to store heavy loads.
Black plate (1,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-13
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-13
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-15
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC)/Traction Control
System (TCS) Indicator/
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-21
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-22
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Brake System Messages . . . . 5-27
Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Engine Cooling System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-29
Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-29
Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-29
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-30
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Ride Control System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-31
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-32
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-33
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-34
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-34
Black plate (2,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . 5-39
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Universal Remote System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Controls
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
The tilt wheel lever is located on the
left side of the steering column.
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Hold the wheel and pull the lever
toward you.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Release the lever to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Steering Wheel Controls
Vehicles with audio steering wheel
controls could differ depending on
the vehicle's options. Some audio
controls can be adjusted at the
steering wheel.
w(Next): Press to go to the next
radio station stored as a favorite,
or the next track if a CD is playing.
Black plate (3,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-3
c/x(Previous/End): Press to
go to the previous radio station
stored as a favorite, go to the next
track if a CD is playing, reject an
incoming call, or end a current call.
b/g(Mute/Push to Talk): Press
to silence the vehicle speakers only.
Press again to turn the sound on.
For vehicles with OnStar
®
or
Bluetooth
®
systems, press and hold
b/gfor longer than two seconds to
interact with those systems. See
OnStar Overview on page 14-1 and
Bluetooth on page 7-19 for more
information.
SRCE (Source): Press to choose
between the radio (AM, FM, XM),
CD, and auxiliary input jack.
+e−e(Volume): Press to
increase or to decrease the radio
volume.
¨(Seek): Press to go to the next
radio station while in AM, FM,
or XM. Press ¨to go to the next
track or chapter while sourced to
the CD.
Horn
Press near or on the horn symbols
on the steering wheel pad to sound
the horn.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
Turn the band with the wiper symbol
to control the windshield wipers.
8(Mist): Single wipe, turn to 8,
then release. Several wipes, hold
the band on 8longer.
9(Off): Turns the windshield
wipers off.
6(Adjustable Interval Wipes):
Turn the band up for more frequent
wipes or down for less frequent
wipes.
6(Low Speed): Slow wipes.
?(High Speed): Fast wipes.
Clear ice and snow from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades
should be replaced. See Wiper
Blade Replacement on page 10-22.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor. A circuit breaker will
stop the motor until it cools down.
Windshield Washer
Push the paddle Lat the top of the
lever to spray washer fluid on the
windshield. The wipers run for
several sweeps and then either stop
or return to the preset speed. The
ignition key must be in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN for this to
work. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-17.
Black plate (4,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-4 Instruments and Controls
{Warning
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.
When the vehicle is low on washer
fluid, the WASHER FLUID LOW
ADD FLUID displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC) for
60 seconds. When the ignition is
turned off, this message displays
again for three seconds to remind
you that the fluid level is low.
Until the fluid reservoir is refilled,
every time the vehicle is started, the
WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID
message displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC) for
60 seconds. See Washer Fluid
Messages on page 5-34.
Compass
This vehicle may have a compass in
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
Compass Zone
Your dealer will set the correct zone
for your location.
Under certain circumstances, such
as during a long distance
cross-country trip or moving to a
new state or province, it will be
necessary to compensate for
compass variance by resetting the
zone through the DIC if the zone is
not set correctly.
Compass variance is the difference
between the earth's magnetic north
and true geographic north. If the
compass is not set to the zone
where you live, the compass may
give false readings. The compass
must be set to the variance zone in
which the vehicle is traveling.
To adjust for compass variance, use
the following procedure:
Compass Variance (Zone)
Procedure
1. Do not set the compass zone
when the vehicle is moving. Only
set it when the vehicle is in
P (Park).
Press Tuntil PRESS VTO
CHANGE COMPASS ZONE
displays.
Black plate (5,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-5
2. Find the vehicle's current
location and variance zone
number on the map.
Zones 1 through 15 are
available.
3. Press Vto scroll through and
select the appropriate
variance zone.
4. Press 3until the vehicle
heading, for example, N for
North, is displayed in the DIC.
5. If calibration is necessary,
calibrate the compass. See
“Compass Calibration
Procedure”following.
Compass Calibration
The compass can be manually
calibrated. Only calibrate the
compass in a magnetically clean
and safe location, such as an open
parking lot, where driving the
vehicle in circles is not a danger.
It is suggested to calibrate away
from tall buildings, utility wires,
manhole covers, or other industrial
structures, if possible.
If CAL should ever appear in the
DIC display, the compass should be
calibrated.
If the DIC display does not show a
heading, for example, N for North,
or the heading does not change
after making turns, there may be a
strong magnetic field interfering with
the compass. Such interference
may be caused by a magnetic CB or
cell phone antenna mount, a
magnetic emergency light, magnetic
note pad holder, or any other
magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle,
move the magnetic item, then turn
on the vehicle and calibrate the
compass.
To calibrate the compass, use the
following procedure:
Compass Calibration Procedure
1. Before calibrating the compass,
make sure the compass zone is
set to the variance zone in which
the vehicle is located. See
“Compass Variance (Zone)
Procedure”earlier in this
section.
Do not operate any switches
such as window, climate
controls, seats, etc. during the
calibration procedure.
2. Press Tuntil PRESS VTO
CALIBRATE COMPASS
displays.
3. Press Vto start the compass
calibration.
Black plate (6,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-6 Instruments and Controls
4. The DIC will display
CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN
CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle in
tight circles at less than 8 km/h
(5 mph) to complete the
calibration. The DIC will display
CALIBRATION COMPLETE for a
few seconds when the
calibration is complete. The DIC
display will then return to
PRESS VTO CALIBRATE
COMPASS.
Clock
Without Date Display
AM/FM Base Radio with a Single
CD Player
This radio has a Hbutton for setting
the time.
To set the time:
1. Press the Hbutton until the hour
begins flashing on the display.
Press Ha second time and the
minutes begin flashing on the
display.
2. To increase or decrease the
time, do one of the following
while the hours or minutes are
flashing:
.Turn the fknob.
.Press ¨SEEK or ©SEEK.
.Press \FWD or sREV.
3. Press the Hbutton again until
the clock display stops flashing
to set the currently displayed
time, or wait five seconds until
the flashing stops and the
current time displayed is
automatically set.
To change the time default setting
from 12 hour to 24 hour, press the
Hbutton until 12H or 24H is
displayed. Once 12H or 24H is
displayed, turn the fknob to the
desired option to select the setting.
Press the Hbutton again to apply
the setting, or let the screen
time out.
With Date Display
Single CD (MP3) Player
This radio has a Hbutton for setting
the time.
To set the time and date:
1. Turn the radio on.
2. Press the Hbutton and the HR,
MIN, MM, DD, and YYYY (hour,
minute, month, day, and year)
display.
3. Press the pushbutton located
under any one of the tabs to be
changed.
4. To increase the time or date, do
one of the following:
.Press the pushbutton below
the selected tab.
.Turn the fknob clockwise.
.Press ¨SEEK.
.Press \FWD.
Black plate (7,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-7
5. To decrease the time or date, do
one of the following:
.Turn the fknob counter‐
clockwise.
.Press ©SEEK.
.Press sREV.
The date does not automatically
display. To see the date press the H
button while the radio is on. The
date with display times out after a
few seconds and goes back to the
normal radio and time display.
To change the time default setting
from 12 hour to 24 hour or to
change the date default setting from
month/day/year to day/month/year:
1. Press the Hbutton and then the
pushbutton located under the
forward arrow tab. The time 12H
and 24H, and the date MM/DD/
YYYY (month, day, and year)
and DD/MM/YYYY (day, month,
and year) displays.
2. Press the pushbutton located
under the desired option.
3. Press the Hor MENU button
again to apply the selected
default, or let the screen
time out.
Power Outlets
The vehicle has three 12-volt outlets
which can be used to plug in
electrical equipment, such as a cell
phone or MP3 player.
On vehicles with a center console,
one outlet is located inside the
center floor console and two outlets
are located at the front of the
console bin under the instrument
panel.
On vehicles without a center
console, two are located under the
climate controls and another outlet
for the rear seat passengers is at
the rear of the center front seat.
Remove the cover to access and
replace when not in use.
{Warning
Power is always supplied to the
outlets. Do not leave electrical
equipment plugged in when the
vehicle is not in use because the
vehicle could catch fire and cause
injury or death.
{Caution
Leaving electrical equipment
plugged in for an extended period
of time while the vehicle is off will
drain the battery. Always unplug
electrical equipment when not in
use and do not plug in equipment
that exceeds the maximum
20 amp rating.
Black plate (8,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-8 Instruments and Controls
Certain accessory plugs may not be
compatible with the accessory
power outlet and could overload
vehicle and adapter fuses. If a
problem is experienced, see your
dealer.
When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment on page 9-42.
{Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from
the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.
Cigarette Lighter
If equipped with a cigarette lighter, it
is in the console, if the vehicle has
one; otherwise, it may be located in
the center armrest of the front seat.
{Caution
Holding a cigarette lighter in while
it is heating does not let the
lighter back away from the
heating element when it is hot.
Damage from overheating can
occur to the lighter or heating
element, or a fuse could be
blown. Do not hold a cigarette
lighter in while it is heating.
To use the lighter, just push it in all
the way and let go. When it is ready,
it will pop back out by itself.
Black plate (9,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-9
Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Warning lights come on when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Some warning lights come
on briefly when the engine is started
to indicate they are working.
Gauges can indicate when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Often gauges and warning
lights work together to indicate a
problem with the vehicle.
When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while
driving, or when one of the gauges
shows there may be a problem,
check the section that explains what
to do. Follow this manual's advice.
Waiting to do repairs can be costly
and even dangerous.
Black plate (10,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-10 Instruments and Controls
Instrument Cluster
English Uplevel Shown, Base and Metric Similar
Black plate (11,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-11
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the vehicle
speed in both kilometers per hour
(km/h) and miles per hour (mph).
Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven in
kilometers or miles.
This vehicle has a tamper-resistant
odometer. If the odometer displays
ERROR, it probably has been
tampered with and the numbers
might not be accurate.
If the vehicle needs a new odometer
installed, it must be set to the
mileage total of the old odometer.
If that is not possible, then it will be
set at zero and a label must be put
on the driver door to show the old
mileage reading of the vehicle when
the new odometer was installed.
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).
{Caution
If the engine is operated with the
tachometer in the shaded warning
area, the vehicle could be
damaged, and the damages
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Do not operate
the engine with the tachometer in
the shaded warning area.
Fuel Gauge
Metric
English
Black plate (12,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-12 Instruments and Controls
When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge indicates about how much
fuel is left in the fuel tank.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is on.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
.At the gas station, the gas pump
shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
.It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the fuel tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
.The gauge moves a little when
while turning a corner or
speeding up.
.The gauge does not go back to
empty when the ignition is
turned off.
Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
Metric
English
This gauge shows the engine
coolant temperature. If the gauge
pointer moves toward the “H”
(United States) or toward the
shaded thermostat (Canada), it
means that the engine coolant has
overheated. If the vehicle has been
operating under normal driving
conditions, pull off the road, stop the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as
soon as possible.
See Engine Overheating on
page 10-14 for more information.
Black plate (13,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-13
Safety Belt Reminders
Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light
There is a driver safety belt
reminder light on the instrument
cluster.
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind the driver to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue several
times if the driver remains or
becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
If the driver safety belt is buckled,
neither the light nor the chime
comes on.
Passenger Safety Belt
Reminder Light
There is a passenger safety belt
reminder light near the passenger
airbag status indicator. See
Passenger Sensing System on
page 3-24.
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind passengers to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle continues several times if
the passenger remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is
moving.
If the passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
The front passenger safety belt
warning light and chime may turn on
if an object is put on the seat such
as a briefcase, handbag, grocery
bag, laptop, or other electronic
device. To turn off the warning light
and/or chime, remove the object
from the seat or buckle the
safety belt.
Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), passenger
sensing system, the pretensioners,
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
the crash sensing and diagnostic
module. For more information on the
airbag system, see Airbag System
on page 3-18.
Black plate (14,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-14 Instruments and Controls
The airbag readiness light comes on
for several seconds when the
vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed
immediately.
{Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
If there is a problem with the airbag
system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System Messages on
page 5-31.
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator
The vehicle has the passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3-24 for
important safety information. The
instrument panel has a passenger
airbag status indicator.
United States
Canada
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after
several more seconds, the status
indicator will light either ON or OFF,
or either the on or off symbol to let
you know the status of the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
Black plate (15,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-15
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag is
allowed to inflate.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service.
{Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
See Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5-13 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Charging System Light
This light comes on briefly when the
ignition key is turned to START, but
the engine is not running, as a
check to show it is working.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer.
The light should go out once the
engine starts. If it stays on,
or comes on while driving, there
could be a problem with the
charging system. A charging system
message in the Driver Information
Center (DIC) can also appear. See
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages on page 5-27 for more
information. This light could indicate
that there are problems with a
generator drive belt, or that there is
an electrical problem. Have it
checked right away. If the vehicle
must be driven a short distance with
the light on, turn off accessories,
such as the radio and air
conditioner.
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
A computer system called OBD II
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second
Generation) monitors the operation
of the vehicle to ensure emissions
are at acceptable levels, helping to
maintain a clean environment. The
malfunction indicator lamp comes
Black plate (16,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-16 Instruments and Controls
on when the vehicle is placed in
ON/RUN, as a check to show it is
working. If it does not, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer. See
Ignition Positions on page 9-15.
If the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on while the engine is
running, this indicates that the OBD
II system has detected a problem
and diagnosis and service might be
required.
Malfunctions often are indicated by
the system before any problem is
apparent. Being aware of the light
can prevent more serious damage
to the vehicle. This system also
assists the service technician in
correctly diagnosing any
malfunction.
{Caution
If the vehicle is continually driven
with this light on, the emission
controls might not work as well,
the vehicle fuel economy might
not be as good, and the engine
might not run as smoothly. This
could lead to costly repairs that
might not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
{Caution
Modifications made to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake,
or fuel system of the vehicle or
the replacement of the original
tires with other than those of the
same Tire Performance Criteria
(TPC) can affect the vehicle's
emission controls and can cause
this light to come on.
Modifications to these systems
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
could lead to costly repairs not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
This could also result in a failure
to pass a required Emission
Inspection/Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications on
page 10-3.
This light comes on during a
malfunction in one of two ways:
Light Flashing: A misfire condition
has been detected. A misfire
increases vehicle emissions and
could damage the emission control
system on the vehicle. Diagnosis
and service might be required.
To prevent more serious damage to
the vehicle:
.Reduce vehicle speed.
.Avoid hard accelerations.
.Avoid steep uphill grades.
Black plate (17,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-17
.If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as it is possible.
If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to stop and park the
vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at
least 10 seconds, and restart the
engine. If the light is still flashing,
follow the previous steps and see
your dealer for service as soon as
possible.
Light On Steady: An emission
control system malfunction has
been detected on the vehicle.
Diagnosis and service might be
required.
The following may correct an
emission control system
malfunction:
.Check that the fuel cap is fully
installed. See Filling the Tank on
page 9-34. The diagnostic
system can determine if the fuel
cap has been left off or
improperly installed. A loose or
missing fuel cap allows fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
A few driving trips with the cap
properly installed should turn the
light off.
.Check that good quality fuel is
used. Poor fuel quality causes
the engine not to run as
efficiently as designed and may
cause stalling after start-up,
stalling when the vehicle is
changed into gear, misfiring,
hesitation on acceleration,
or stumbling on acceleration.
These conditions might go away
once the engine is warmed up.
If one or more of these conditions
occurs, change the fuel brand used.
It may require at least one full tank
of the proper fuel to turn the light off.
See Recommended Fuel on
page 9-31.
If none of the above have made the
light turn off, your dealer can check
the vehicle. The dealer has the
proper test equipment and
diagnostic tools to fix any
mechanical or electrical problems
that might have developed.
Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
Depending on where you live, your
vehicle may be required to
participate in an emission control
system inspection and maintenance
program. For the inspection, the
emission system test equipment will
likely connect to the vehicle's Data
Link Connector (DLC).
The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. See your dealer if assistance
is needed.
Black plate (18,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-18 Instruments and Controls
The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
.The malfunction indicator lamp is
on with the engine running, or if
the light does not come on when
the ignition is turned to ON/RUN
while the engine is off. See your
dealer for assistance in verifying
proper operation of the
malfunction indicator lamp.
.The OBD II (On-Board
Diagnostics) system determines
that critical emission control
systems have not been
completely diagnosed. The
vehicle would be considered not
ready for inspection. This can
happen if the 12-volt battery has
recently been replaced or run
down. The diagnostic system is
designed to evaluate critical
emission control systems during
normal driving. This can take
several days of routine driving.
If this has been done and the
vehicle still does not pass the
inspection for lack of OBD II
system readiness, your dealer
can prepare the vehicle for
inspection.
Brake System Warning
Light
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining
circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need to
be working
If the warning light comes on, there
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.
Metric English
This light should come on briefly
when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn if there is a
problem.
When the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light also comes on
when the parking brake is set. The
light stays on if the parking brake
does not fully release. If it stays on
after the parking brake is fully
released, it means the vehicle has a
brake problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
pull off the road and stop carefully.
The pedal might be harder to push,
or the pedal can go closer to the
floor. It may take longer to stop.
If the light is still on, have the
vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle on page 10-65.
Black plate (19,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-19
{Warning
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
If the ABS light stays on, turn the
ignition off. If the light comes on
while driving, stop as soon as it is
safely possible and turn the ignition
off. A chime may also sound when
the light comes on steady. Then
start the engine again to reset the
system. If the ABS light stays on,
or comes on again while driving, the
vehicle needs service. If the regular
brake system warning light is not
on, the vehicle still has brakes, but
not antilock brakes. If the regular
brake system warning light is also
on, the vehicle does not have
antilock brakes and there is a
problem with the regular brakes.
See Brake System Warning Light on
page 5-18.
See Brake System Messages on
page 5-27 for all brake related DIC
messages.
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Off Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
This light comes on when the
StabiliTrak system is turned off.
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
Control System (TCS) is also off.
If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off,
the system does not assist in
controlling the vehicle. Turn on the
TCS and the StabiliTrak systems
and the warning light turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-27.
Black plate (20,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-20 Instruments and Controls
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC)/Traction
Control System (TCS)
Indicator/Warning Light
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the
TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak
system have been disabled. A DIC
message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which
feature(s) is no longer functioning
and whether the vehicle requires
service.
If the indicator/warning light is on
and flashing, the TCS and/or the
StabiliTrak system is actively
working.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-27.
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning
Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the vehicle.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by the dealer. If the system
is working normally the indicator
light goes off.
{Caution
The engine coolant temperature
warning light indicates that the
vehicle has overheated. Driving
with this light on can damage the
engine and it may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. See
Engine Overheating on
page 10-14.
The engine coolant temperature
warning light comes on when the
engine has overheated.
If this happens, pull over and turn
off the engine as soon as possible.
See Engine Overheating on
page 10-14.
Black plate (21,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-21
Tire Pressure Light
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.
When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
tire pressure message may also
display. See Tire Messages on
page 5-32. Stop as soon as
possible, and inflate the tires to the
pressure value shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label. See
Tire Pressure on page 10-40.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10-42.
Engine Oil Pressure Light
{Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine
oil low can also damage the
engine. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Check the oil level as soon as
possible. Add oil if required, but if
the oil level is within the operating
range and the oil pressure is still
low, have the vehicle serviced.
Always follow the maintenance
schedule for changing engine oil.
This light should come on briefly as
the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.
Black plate (22,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-22 Instruments and Controls
Security Light
The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system.
This light is also used to indicate the
status of the anti-theft alarm system
when the ignition is turned off. The
light will flash rapidly if the alarm
system is arming and one or more
of the monitored entry points is not
closed. The light will stay on if the
alarm is arming and all entry points
are closed.
For information regarding this light
and the vehicle's security system,
see Vehicle Alarm System on
page 2-11.
High-Beam On Light
This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer on page 6-2.
Front Fog Lamp Light
The fog lamp light comes on when
the fog lamps are in use.
The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps on page 6-4 for more
information.
Cruise Control Light
This light comes on when the cruise
control is set.
This light goes out when the cruise
control is canceled. See Cruise
Control on page 9-29.
Black plate (23,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-23
Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
Your vehicle has a Driver
Information Center (DIC).
All messages will appear in the DIC
display below the speedometer in
the instrument cluster. The DIC
buttons are on the instrument panel,
to the right of the instrument cluster.
The DIC comes on when the ignition
is on. After a short delay, the DIC
will display the information that was
last displayed before the engine
was turned off.
The DIC displays trip, fuel, and
vehicle system information, and
warning messages if a system
problem is detected. The bottom line
of the DIC shows the shift lever
position indicator. See Automatic
Transmission on page 9-22.
If equipped, the DIC also displays
the compass direction and the
outside air temperature when
viewing the trip and fuel information.
The compass direction appears on
the top right corner of the DIC
display. The outside air temperature
automatically appears in the bottom
right corner of the DIC display.
If there is a problem with the system
that controls the temperature
display, the numbers will be
replaced with dashes. If this occurs,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
The DIC also allows some features
to be customized. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-34.
DIC Operation and Displays
The DIC has different displays
which can be accessed by pressing
the DIC buttons on the instrument
panel, to the right of the instrument
cluster.
DIC Buttons
The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle
information, customization, and set/
reset buttons. The button functions
are detailed in the following pages.
3(Trip/Fuel): Press this button
to display the odometer, trip
odometers, fuel range, average
economy, instantaneous economy,
Active Fuel Management
®
indicator
on vehicles with this feature, and
average speed.
Black plate (24,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-24 Instruments and Controls
T(Vehicle Information): Press
this button to display the oil life,
units, tire pressure readings, and
compass zone and compass
calibration on vehicles with this
feature.
U(Customization): Press this
button to customize the feature
settings on your vehicle. See
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-34.
V(Set/Reset): Press this button to
set or reset certain functions and to
turn off or acknowledge messages
on the DIC.
Trip/Fuel Menu Items
3(Trip/Fuel): Press this button
to scroll through the following menu
items:
Odometer
Press the trip/fuel button until
ODOMETER displays. This display
shows the distance the vehicle has
been driven in either miles (mi) or
kilometers (km).
Trip A and Trip B
Press the trip/fuel button until
TRIP A or TRIP B displays. This
display shows the current distance
traveled in either miles (mi) or
kilometers (km) since the last reset
for each trip odometer. Both trip
odometers can be used at the
same time.
Each trip odometer can be reset to
zero separately by pressing the set/
reset button while the desired trip
odometer is displayed.
The trip odometer has a feature
called the retro-active reset. This
can be used to set the trip odometer
to the number of miles (kilometers)
driven since the ignition was last
turned on. This can be used if the
trip odometer is not reset at the
beginning of the trip.
To use the retro-active reset feature,
press and hold the set/reset button
for at least four seconds. The trip
odometer will display the number of
miles (mi) or kilometers (km) driven
since the ignition was last turned on
and the vehicle was moving. Once
the vehicle begins moving, the trip
odometer will accumulate mileage.
For example, if the vehicle was
driven 8 km (5 miles) before it is
started again, and then the
retro-active reset feature is
activated, the display will show 8 km
(5 miles). As the vehicle begins
moving, the display will then
increase to 8.2 km (5.1 miles),
8.4 km (5.2 miles), etc.
If the retro-active reset feature is
activated after the vehicle is started,
but before it begins moving, the
display will show the number of
miles (mi) or kilometers (km) that
were driven during the last ignition
cycle.
Fuel Range
Press the trip/fuel button until FUEL
RANGE displays. This display
shows the approximate number of
remaining miles (mi) or
kilometers (km) the vehicle can be
driven without refueling.
Black plate (25,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-25
The fuel range estimate is based on
an average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history
and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank. The fuel range is
constantly recalculated and the
range estimate will change if driving
conditions change. For example, the
range may be lower when the
vehicle is driven in heavy stop and
go city traffic. If the vehicle is then
driven at a constant highway speed
the range can increase due to a
more efficient driving pattern.
Generally, freeway driving produces
better fuel economy than city
driving.
If your vehicle is low on fuel, the
FUEL LEVEL LOW message
displays. See Fuel System
Messages on page 5-29.
Average Economy
Press the trip/fuel button until AVG
ECONOMY displays. This display
shows the approximate average
miles per gallon (mpg) or liters per
100 kilometers (L/100 km). This
number is calculated based on the
number of mpg (L/100 km) recorded
since the last time this menu item
was reset. To reset this display to
zero, press and hold the set/reset
button.
Instantaneous Economy
Press the trip/fuel button until INST
ECONOMY displays. This display
shows the current fuel economy at a
particular moment and will change
frequently as driving conditions
change. This display shows the
instantaneous fuel economy in miles
per gallon (mpg) or liters per
100 kilometers (L/100 km). Unlike
average economy, this screen
cannot be reset.
Average Speed
Press the trip/fuel button until
AVERAGE SPEED displays. This
display shows the average speed of
the vehicle in miles per hour (mph)
or kilometers per hour (km/h). This
average is calculated based on the
various vehicle speeds recorded
since the last reset of this value. To
reset the value, press and hold the
set/reset button. The display will
return to zero.
Blank Display
This display shows no information.
Vehicle Information Menu
Items
T(Vehicle Information): Press
this button to scroll through the
following menu items:
Oil Life
Press the vehicle information button
until OIL LIFE REMAINING
displays. This display shows an
estimate of the oil's remaining useful
life. If you see 99% OIL LIFE
REMAINING on the display, that
means 99% of the current oil life
remains. The engine oil life system
will alert you to change the oil on a
schedule consistent with your
driving conditions.
Black plate (26,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-26 Instruments and Controls
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
See Engine Oil Messages on
page 5-29. You should change the
oil as soon as possible. See Engine
Oil on page 10-6. In addition to the
engine oil life system monitoring the
oil life, additional maintenance is
recommended in the Maintenance
Schedule in this manual. See
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2.
Remember, you must reset the OIL
LIFE yourself after each oil change.
It will not reset itself. Also, be
careful not to reset the OIL LIFE
accidentally at any time other than
when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, see Engine
Oil Life System on page 10-8.
Units
Press the vehicle information button
until UNITS displays. This display
allows you to select between
English or Metric units of
measurement. Once in this display,
press the set/reset button to select
between ENGLISH or METRIC
units.
Tire Pressure
On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), the
pressure for each tire can be viewed
in the DIC. The tire pressure will be
shown in either pounds per square
inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa). Press
the vehicle information button until
the DIC displays FRONT TIRES
PSI (kPa) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. Press
the vehicle information button again
until the DIC displays REAR TIRES
PSI (kPa) LEFT ## RIGHT ##.
If a low tire pressure condition is
detected by the system while
driving, a message advising you to
add air to a specific tire will appear
in the display. See Tire Pressure on
page 10-40 and Tire Messages on
page 5-32.
If the tire pressure display shows
dashes instead of a value, there
may be a problem with your vehicle.
If this consistently occurs, see your
dealer for service.
Change Compass Zone
Your vehicle may have this feature.
To change the compass zone
through the DIC, see Compass on
page 5-4.
Calibrate Compass
Your vehicle may have this feature.
The compass can be manually
calibrated. To calibrate the compass
through the DIC, see Compass on
page 5-4.
Blank Display
This display shows no information.
Black plate (27,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-27
Vehicle Messages
Messages are displayed on the DIC
to notify the driver that the status of
the vehicle has changed and that
some action may be needed by the
driver to correct the condition.
Multiple messages may appear one
after another. Some messages may
not require immediate action, but
you can press the set/reset button
to acknowledge that you received
the message and clear it from the
DIC display. Pressing any of the
DIC buttons also acknowledges and
clears any messages. Some
messages cannot be cleared from
the DIC display because they are
more urgent. These messages
require action before they can be
cleared. You should take any
messages that appear on the
display seriously and remember that
clearing the messages will only
make the messages disappear, not
correct the problem. The following
are the possible messages that can
be displayed and some information
about them.
Battery Voltage and
Charging Messages
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
This message displays when the
system detects that the battery
voltage is dropping beyond a
reasonable level. The battery saver
system starts reducing certain
features of the vehicle that you may
be able to notice. At the point that
the features are disabled, this
message is displayed. It means that
the vehicle is trying to save the
charge in the battery.
Turn off all unnecessary
accessories to allow the battery to
recharge.
The normal battery voltage range is
11.5 to 15.5 volts.
SERVICE BATTERY
CHARGING SYSTEM
This message displays when there
is a problem with the generator and
battery charging systems. Driving
with this problem could drain the
battery. Turn off all unnecessary
accessories. Stop and turn off the
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do
so. Have the electrical system
checked by your dealer immediately.
Brake System Messages
SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM
This message displays when
service is required on the brake
system. Have the brake system
serviced by your dealer as soon as
possible. The brake system warning
light also appears on the instrument
cluster when this message appears
on the DIC. See Brake System
Warning Light on page 5-18.
Door Ajar Messages
DRIVER DOOR OPEN
This message displays when the
driver door is not closed properly.
Make sure that the door is closed
completely.
Black plate (28,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-28 Instruments and Controls
HOOD OPEN
If your vehicle has the remote start
feature, this message displays when
the hood is not closed properly.
Make sure that the hood is closed
completely. See Hood on page 10-4.
LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN
This message displays when the
driver side rear door is not closed
properly. Make sure that the door is
closed completely.
PASSENGER DOOR OPEN
This message displays when the
front passenger door is not closed
properly. Make sure that the door is
closed completely.
RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN
This message displays when the
passenger side rear door is not
closed properly. Make sure that the
door is closed completely.
TRUNK OPEN
This message displays when the
trunk is not closed completely. Make
sure that the trunk is closed
completely. See Trunk on page 2-9.
Engine Cooling System
Messages
ENGINE HOT A/C (Air
Conditioning) OFF
This message displays when the
engine coolant becomes hotter than
the normal operating temperature.
To avoid added strain on a hot
engine, the air conditioning
compressor is automatically turned
off. When the coolant temperature
returns to normal, the A/C operation
automatically resumes. You can
continue to drive your vehicle. If this
message continues to appear, have
the system repaired by your dealer
as soon as possible to avoid
compressor damage.
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
idle until it cools down.
ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP
ENGINE
This message displays along with a
continuous chime when the engine
has overheated. Stop and turn the
engine off immediately to avoid
severe engine damage. See Engine
Overheating on page 10-14.
SERVICE A/C (Air
Conditioning) SYSTEM
This message displays when the
electronic sensors that control the
air conditioning and heating
systems are no longer working.
Have the climate control system
serviced by your dealer if you notice
a drop in heating and air
conditioning efficiency.
Black plate (29,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-29
Engine Oil Messages
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
This message displays when
service is required for the vehicle.
See your dealer. See Engine Oil on
page 10-6 and Maintenance
Schedule on page 11-2.
Acknowledging the CHANGE
ENGINE OIL SOON message will
not reset the OIL LIFE REMAINING.
See “Oil Life”under Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-23 and Engine Oil Life
System on page 10-8.
ENGINE OIL LOW —ADD OIL
On some vehicles, this message
displays when the engine oil level
may be too low. Check the oil level
before filling to the recommended
level. If the oil is not low and this
message remains on, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
See Engine Oil on page 10-6.
OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP
ENGINE
This message displays when the
vehicle's engine oil pressure is low.
The oil pressure light also appears
on the instrument cluster. See
Engine Oil Pressure Light on
page 5-21.
Stop the vehicle immediately, as
engine damage can result from
driving a vehicle with low oil
pressure. Have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer as soon as possible
when this message is displayed.
Engine Power Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays when the
vehicle's engine power is reduced.
Reduced engine power can affect
the vehicle's ability to accelerate.
If this message is on, but there is no
reduction in performance, proceed
to your destination. The
performance may be reduced the
next time the vehicle is driven. The
vehicle may be driven at a reduced
speed while this message is on, but
acceleration and speed may be
reduced. Anytime this message
stays on, the vehicle should be
taken to your dealer for service as
soon as possible.
Fuel System Messages
FUEL LEVEL LOW
This message displays when your
vehicle is low on fuel. Refill the fuel
tank as soon as possible. See Fuel
Gauge on page 5-11 and Filling the
Tank on page 9-34 for more
information.
TIGHTEN GAS CAP
This message may be displayed if
the gas cap is not on, or is not fully
tightened. Check the gas cap to
ensure that it is on properly. See
Filling the Tank on page 9-34 for
more information.
Black plate (30,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-30 Instruments and Controls
Key and Lock Messages
REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY
This message displays when the
battery in the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter needs to be
replaced. To replace the battery, see
“Battery Replacement”under
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2-2.
Lamp Messages
AUTOMATIC LIGHT
CONTROL OFF
This message displays when the
automatic headlamps are turned off.
See Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6-1 for more information.
AUTOMATIC LIGHT
CONTROL ON
This message displays when the
automatic headlamps are turned on.
See Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6-1 for more information.
TURN SIGNAL ON
This message displays as a
reminder to turn off the turn signal if
you drive your vehicle for more than
about 1.2 km (0.75 mile) with a turn
signal on. See Turn and
Lane-Change Signals on page 6-4.
This message displays and a chime
sounds only when the ignition is in
ON/RUN. The message will not
disappear until the turn signal is
manually turned off, or a turn is
completed.
Ride Control System
Messages
SERVICE STABILITRAK
If your vehicle has Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), this
message displays if there has been
a problem detected with ESC. The
ESC/TCS light also appears on the
instrument cluster. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
on page 9-27 and Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)/Traction
Control System (TCS) Indicator/
Warning Light on page 5-20.
If this message turns on while you
are driving, pull off the road as soon
as possible and stop carefully. Try
resetting the system by turning the
ignition off and then back on. If this
message still stays on or turns back
on again while you are driving, your
vehicle needs service. Have the
system inspected by your dealer as
soon as possible.
Black plate (31,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-31
SERVICE TRACTION
CONTROL
If your vehicle has the Traction
Control System (TCS), this message
displays when the system is not
functioning properly. The ESC/TCS
light also appears on the instrument
cluster. See Electronic Stability
Control (ESC)/Traction Control
System (TCS) Indicator/Warning
Light on page 5-20. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
on page 9-27. Have the TCS
serviced by your dealer as soon as
possible.
STABILITRAK INITIALIZING
If your vehicle has Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), this
message may display and the ESC/
TCS light on the instrument cluster
may be on after first driving the
vehicle and exceeding 30 km/h
(19 mph) for 30 seconds. The ESC
system is not functional until the
light has turned off. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
on page 9-27.
STABILITRAK OFF
If your vehicle has Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), this
message displays when the ESC is
turned off manually. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
on page 9-27.
TRACTION CONTROL OFF
If your vehicle has the Traction
Control System (TCS), this
message displays when the TCS
turns off. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control on
page 9-27.
This message may display when the
ignition is in ON/RUN and
disappears after 10 seconds, unless
it is acknowledged or an urgent
warning appears.
Any of the following conditions may
cause the TCS to turn off:
.The TCS is turned off by
pressing the traction control
button. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control on
page 9-27.
.The battery is low.
TRACTION CONTROL ON
If your vehicle has the Traction
Control System (TCS), this message
displays when the TCS is turned on.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-27.
Airbag System Messages
SERVICE AIR BAG
This message displays when there
is a problem with the airbag system.
Have your vehicle serviced by your
dealer immediately. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5-13 for
more information.
Black plate (32,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-32 Instruments and Controls
Security Messages
SERVICE THEFT SYSTEM
This message displays when there
is a problem with the theft-deterrent
system programmed in the key.
A fault has been detected in the
system which means that the
system is disabled and it is not
protecting the vehicle. The vehicle
usually restarts; however, you may
want to take the vehicle to your
dealer before turning off the engine.
See Immobilizer Operation on
page 2-12 for more information.
THEFT ATTEMPTED
This message displays if the
theft-deterrent system has detected
a break-in attempt while you were
away from your vehicle. See Vehicle
Alarm System on page 2-11 for
more information.
Service Vehicle Messages
ERROR
This message displays while
viewing the odometer or trip
odometers if there is a problem with
the instrument cluster. See your
dealer for service.
SERVICE POWER STEERING
This message displays when a
problem is detected with the power
steering system. When this
message is displayed, you may
notice that the effort required to
steer the vehicle increases or feels
heavier, but you will still be able to
steer the vehicle. Have your vehicle
serviced by your dealer immediately.
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON
This message displays when a
non-emissions related malfunction
occurs. Have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer as soon as possible.
STARTING DISABLED
SERVICE THROTTLE
This message displays if the starting
of the engine is disabled due to the
electronic throttle control system.
Have your vehicle serviced by your
dealer immediately.
This message only appears while
the ignition is in ON/RUN, and will
not disappear until the problem is
resolved.
This message cannot be
acknowledged.
Tire Messages
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
SYSTEM
On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays if a part on the
TPMS is not working properly. The
tire pressure light also flashes and
then remains on during the same
ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure
Light on page 5-21. Several
conditions may cause this message
Black plate (33,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-33
to appear. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation on page 10-42 for
more information. If the warning
comes on and stays on, there may
be a problem with the TPMS. See
your dealer.
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays when the TPMS
is re-learning the tire positions on
your vehicle. The tire positions must
be re-learned after rotating the tires
or after replacing a tire or sensor.
See Tire Inspection on page 10-45,
Tire Rotation on page 10-46,Tire
Pressure Monitor System on
page 10-41, and Tire Pressure on
page 10-40 for more information.
TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE
On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the
vehicle's tires is low. This message
also displays LEFT FRT (left front),
RIGHT FRT (right front), LEFT RR
(left rear), or RIGHT RR (right rear)
to indicate the location of the low
tire. The low tire pressure warning
light will also come on. See Tire
Pressure Light on page 5-21. You
can receive more than one tire
pressure message at a time. To
read the other messages that may
have been sent at the same time,
press the set/reset button. If a tire
pressure message appears on the
DIC, stop as soon as you can. Have
the tire pressures checked and set
to those shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tires
on page 10-32,Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-9, and Tire Pressure on
page 10-40. The DIC also shows
the tire pressure values. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-23.
Transmission Messages
SERVICE TRANSMISSION
This message displays when there
is a problem with the transmission.
See your dealer for service.
TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays when the
transmission fluid in your vehicle is
too hot. Stop the vehicle and allow it
to idle until it cools down. If the
warning message continues to
display, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer as soon as possible.
Vehicle Reminder
Messages
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
WITH CARE
This message displays when the
outside air temperature is cold
enough to create icy road
conditions. Adjust your driving
accordingly.
Black plate (34,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-34 Instruments and Controls
Washer Fluid Messages
WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
FLUID
This message displays when the
windshield washer fluid is low. Fill
the windshield washer reservoir as
soon as possible. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10-5 for the location of the
windshield washer reservoir. Also,
see Washer Fluid on page 10-17 for
more information.
Vehicle
Personalization
Your vehicle has customization
capabilities that allow you to
program certain features to one
preferred setting. Customization
features can only be programmed to
one setting on the vehicle and
cannot be programmed to a
preferred setting for two different
drivers.
All of the customization options may
not be available on your vehicle.
Only the options available will be
displayed on the DIC.
The default settings for the
customization features were set
when your vehicle left the factory,
but may have been changed from
their default state since then.
The customization preferences are
automatically recalled.
To change customization
preferences, use the following
procedure.
Entering the Feature
Settings Menu
1. Turn the ignition on and place
the vehicle in P (Park).
To avoid excessive drain on the
battery, it is recommended that
the headlamps are turned off.
2. Press the customization button
to enter the feature
settings menu.
If the menu is not available,
FEATURE SETTINGS
AVAILABLE IN PARK will
display. Before entering the
menu, make sure the vehicle is
in P (Park).
Black plate (35,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-35
Feature Settings Menu Items
The following are customization
features that allow you to program
settings to the vehicle:
DISPLAY IN ENGLISH
This feature will only display if a
language other than English has
been set. This feature allows you to
change the language in which the
DIC messages appear to English.
Press the customization button until
the PRESS VTO DISPLAY IN
ENGLISH screen appears on the
DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to display all DIC
messages in English.
DISPLAY LANGUAGE
This feature allows you to select the
language in which the DIC
messages will appear.
Press the customization button until
the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen
appears on the DIC display. Press
the set/reset button once to access
the settings for this feature. Then
press the customization button to
scroll through the following settings:
ENGLISH (default): All messages
will appear in English.
FRANCAIS: All messages will
appear in French.
ESPANOL: All messages will
appear in Spanish.
NO CHANGE: No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK
This feature allows you to select
whether or not to turn off the
automatic door unlocking feature.
It also allows you to select which
doors and when the doors will
automatically unlock. See
“Programmable Automatic Door
Unlock”under Automatic Door
Locks on page 2-8 for more
information.
Press the customization button until
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on
the DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
OFF: None of the doors will
automatically unlock.
DRIVER AT KEY OUT: Only the
driver door will unlock when the key
is taken out of the ignition.
DRIVER IN PARK: Only the driver
door will unlock when the vehicle is
shifted into P (Park) .
ALL AT KEY OUT: All of the doors
will unlock when the key is taken
out of the ignition.
Black plate (36,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-36 Instruments and Controls
ALL IN PARK (default): All of the
doors will unlock when the vehicle is
shifted into P (Park).
NO CHANGE: No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
REMOTE DOOR LOCK
This feature allows you to select the
type of feedback you will receive
when locking the vehicle with the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. You will not receive
feedback when locking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter if any of
the doors are open. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2-2 for more
information.
Press the customization button until
REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on
the DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
HORN & LIGHTS OFF: There will
be no feedback when you press the
lock button on the RKE transmitter.
LIGHTS ONLY: The exterior lamps
will flash when you press the lock
button on the RKE transmitter.
HORN ONLY: The horn will sound
on the second press of the lock
button on the RKE transmitter.
HORN & LIGHTS ON (default):
The exterior lamps will flash when
you press the lock button on the
RKE transmitter, and the horn will
sound when the lock button is
pressed again within five seconds of
the previous command.
NO CHANGE: No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK
This feature allows you to select the
type of feedback you will receive
when unlocking the vehicle with the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. You will not receive
feedback when unlocking the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter if
the doors are open. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2-2 for more
information.
Press the customization button until
REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears
on the DIC display. Press the set/
reset button once to access the
settings for this feature. Then press
the customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
LIGHTS OFF: The exterior lamps
will not flash when you press the
unlock button on the RKE
transmitter.
Black plate (37,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-37
LIGHTS ON (default): The exterior
lamps will flash when you press the
unlock button on the RKE
transmitter.
NO CHANGE: No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
EXIT LIGHTING
This feature allows you to select the
amount of time you want the
exterior lamps to remain on when it
is dark enough outside. This
happens after the key is turned from
ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF.
Press the customization button until
EXIT LIGHTING appears on the DIC
display. Press the set/reset button
once to access the settings for this
feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
OFF: The exterior lamps will not
turn on.
30 SECONDS (default): The
exterior lamps will stay on for
30 seconds.
1 MINUTE: The exterior lamps will
stay on for one minute.
2 MINUTES: The exterior lamps will
stay on for two minutes.
NO CHANGE: No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
APPROACH LIGHTING
This feature allows you to select
whether or not to have the exterior
lights turn on briefly during low light
periods after unlocking the vehicle
using the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter.
Press the customization button until
APPROACH LIGHTING appears on
the DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
OFF: The exterior lights will not
turn on when you unlock the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.
ON (default): If it is dark enough
outside, the exterior lights will turn
on briefly when you unlock the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
The lights will remain on for
20 seconds or until the lock button
on the RKE transmitter is pressed,
or the vehicle is no longer off. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2-2 for
more information.
NO CHANGE: No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
Black plate (38,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-38 Instruments and Controls
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
CHIME VOLUME
This feature allows you to select the
volume level of the chime.
Press the customization button until
CHIME VOLUME appears on the
DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
NORMAL: The chime volume will
be set to a normal level.
LOUD: The chime volume will be
set to a loud level.
NO CHANGE: No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
There is no default for chime
volume. The volume will stay at the
last known setting.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
REMOTE START
If your vehicle has this feature, it
allows you to turn the remote start
off or on. The remote start feature
allows you to start the engine from
outside of the vehicle using the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. See Remote Vehicle
Start on page 2-5 for more
information.
Press the customization button until
REMOTE START appears on the
DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
OFF: The remote start feature will
be disabled.
ON (default): The remote start
feature will be enabled.
NO CHANGE: No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
FACTORY SETTINGS
This feature allows you to set all of
the customization features back to
their factory default settings.
Press the customization button until
FACTORY SETTINGS appears on
the DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
RESTORE ALL (default): The
customization features will be set to
their factory default settings.
DO NOT RESTORE: The
customization features will not be
set to their factory default settings.
Black plate (39,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-39
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS
This feature allows you to exit the
FEATURE SETTINGS menu.
Press the customization button until
FEATURE SETTINGS PRESS V
TO EXIT appears in the DIC display.
Press the set/reset button once to
exit the menu.
If you do not exit, pressing the
customization button again will
return you to the beginning of the
FEATURE SETTINGS menu.
Exiting the Feature
Settings Menu
The feature settings menu will be
exited when any of the following
occurs:
.The vehicle is shifted out of
P (Park).
.The vehicle is no longer in
ON/RUN.
.The trip/fuel or vehicle
information DIC buttons are
pressed.
.The end of the feature settings
menu is reached and exited.
.A 40-second time period has
elapsed with no selection made.
Universal Remote
System
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-15.
Universal Remote System
Programming
If equipped with the Universal Home
Remote System.
This system provides a way to
replace up to three remote control
transmitters used to activate
Black plate (40,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-40 Instruments and Controls
devices such as garage door
openers, security systems, and
home automation devices.
Do not use this system with any
garage door opener that does not
have the stop and reverse feature.
This includes any garage door
opener model manufactured before
April 1, 1982.
Read the instructions completely
before attempting to program the
transmitter. Because of the steps
involved, it may be helpful to have
another person available to assist in
programming the transmitter.
Be sure to keep the original remote
control transmitter for use in other
vehicles, as well as for future
programming. Only the original
remote control transmitter is needed
for Fixed Code programming. The
programmed buttons should be
erased when the vehicle is sold or
the lease ends. See “Erasing
Universal Home Remote Buttons”in
this section.
Park the vehicle outside of the
garage when programming a garage
door. Be sure that people and
objects are clear of the garage door
or gate that is being programmed.
Programming Universal Home
Remote —Rolling Code
For questions or help programming
the Universal Home Remote
System, call 1-866-572-2728 or go
to www.learcar2u.com.
Most garage door openers sold after
1996 are Rolling Code units.
Programming a garage door opener
involves time-sensitive actions, so
read the entire procedure before
starting. Otherwise, the device will
time out and the procedure will have
to be repeated.
To program up to three devices:
1. From inside the vehicle, press
the two outside buttons at the
same time for one to
two seconds, and immediately
release them.
Black plate (41,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-41
2. In the garage, locate the garage
door opener receiver
(motor-head unit). Locate the
“Learn”or “Smart”button. It can
usually be found where the
hanging antenna wire is
attached to the motor-head unit
and may be a colored button.
Press this button. After pressing
this button, complete the
following steps in less than
30 seconds.
3. Immediately return to the
vehicle. Press and hold the
Universal Home Remote button
that will be used to control the
garage door until the garage
door moves. The indicator light,
above the selected button,
should slowly blink. This button
may need to be held for up to
20 seconds.
4. Immediately, within one second,
release the button when the
garage door moves. The
indicator light will blink rapidly
until programming is complete.
5. Press and release the same
button again. The garage door
should move, confirming that
programming is successful and
complete.
To program another Rolling Code
device such as an additional garage
door opener, a security device,
or home automation device, repeat
Steps 1 through 5, choosing a
different function button in Step 3
than what was used for the garage
door opener.
If these instructions do not work, the
garage door opener is probably a
Fixed Code unit. Follow the
Programming instructions that follow
for a Fixed Code garage door
opener.
Programming Universal Home
Remote —Fixed Code
For questions or help programming
the Universal Home Remote
System, call 1-866-572-2728 or go
to www.learcar2u.com.
Most garage door openers sold
before 1996 are Fixed Code units.
Programming a garage door opener
involves time-sensitive actions, so
read the entire procedure before
starting. Otherwise, the device will
time out and the procedure will have
to be repeated.
Black plate (42,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-42 Instruments and Controls
To program up to three devices:
1. To verify that the garage door
opener is a Fixed Code unit,
remove the battery cover on the
hand held transmitter supplied
by the manufacturer of the
garage door opener motor.
If there are a row of dip switches
similar to the graphic above, the
garage door opener is a Fixed
Code unit. If you do not see a
row of dip switches, return to the
previous section for
Programming Universal Home
Remote –Rolling Code.
Your hand-held transmitter can
have between 8 to 12 dip
switches depending on the
brand of transmitter.
The garage door opener receiver
(motor head unit) could also
have a row of dip switches that
can be used when programming
the Universal Home Remote.
If the total number of switches
on the motor head and
hand-held transmitter is different,
or if the dip switch settings are
different, use the dip switch
settings on the motor head unit
to program the Universal Home
Remote. The motor head dip
switch settings can also be used
when the original hand held
transmitter is not available.
Example of Eight Dip Switches
with Two Positions
Example of Eight Dip Switches
with Three Positions
The panel of switches might not
appear exactly as they do in the
examples above, but they
should be similar.
The switch positions on the
hand-held transmitter could be
labeled, as follows:
.A switch in the up position
could be labeled as “Up,”
“+,”or “On.”
Black plate (43,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Instruments and Controls 5-43
.A switch in the down
position could be labeled as
“Down,” “−,”or “Off.”
.A switch in the middle
position could be labeled as
“Middle,” “0,”or “Neutral.”
2. Write down the 8 to 12 switch
settings from left to right as
follows:
.When a switch is in the up
position, write “Left.”
.When a switch is in the
down position, write “Right.”
.If a switch is set between
the up and down position,
write “Middle.”
The switch settings written
down in Step 2 will now
become the button strokes
to be entered into the
Universal Home Remote in
Step 4. Be sure to enter the
switch settings written down
in Step 2, in order from left
to right, into the Universal
Home Remote, when
completing Step 4.
3. From inside your vehicle, first
firmly press all three buttons at
the same time for about
three seconds. Release the
buttons to put the Universal
Home Remote into
programming mode.
3.1. Left Button ("Up," "+,"
or "On.")
3.2. Middle Button ("Middle,"
"0," or "Neutral.")
3.3. Right Button ("Down," "-,"
or "Off.")
4. The indicator lights will blink
slowly. Enter each switch setting
from Step 2 into your vehicle's
Universal Home Remote. You
will have two and
one-half minutes to complete
Step 4. Now press one button on
the Universal Home Remote for
each switch setting as follows:
.If you wrote “Left,”press
the left button in the
vehicle.
.If you wrote “Right,”press
the right button in the
vehicle.
.If you wrote “Middle,”press
the middle button in the
vehicle.
5. After entering all of the switch
positions, again, firmly press and
release all three buttons at the
same time. The indicator lights
will turn on.
Black plate (44,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
5-44 Instruments and Controls
6. Press and hold the button that
will be used to control the
garage door until the garage
door moves. The indicator light
above the selected button
should slowly blink. This button
may need to be held for up to
55 seconds.
7. Immediately release the button
when the garage door moves.
The indicator light will blink
rapidly until programming is
complete.
8. Press and release the same
button again. The garage door
should move, confirming that
programming is successful and
complete.
To program another Fixed Code
device such as an additional garage
door opener, a security device,
or home automation device, repeat
Steps 1 through 8, choosing a
different button in Step 6 than what
was used for the garage door
opener.
Universal Remote System
Operation
Press and hold the appropriate
button for at least half of a second.
The indicator light will come on
while the signal is being transmitted.
Reprogramming Universal
Home Remote Buttons
Any of the three buttons can be
reprogrammed by repeating the
instructions.
Erasing Universal Home
Remote Buttons
The programmed buttons should be
erased when the vehicle is sold or
the lease ends.
To erase either Rolling Code or
Fixed Code on the Universal Home
Remote device:
1. Press and hold the 2 outside
buttons at the same time for
approximately 20 seconds, until
the indicator lights, located
directly above the buttons, begin
to blink rapidly.
2. Once the indicator lights begin to
blink, release both buttons. The
codes from all buttons will be
erased.
For help or information on the
Universal Home Remote System,
call the customer assistance phone
number under Customer Assistance
Offices on page 13-3.
Black plate (1,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Lighting 6-1
Lighting
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL)/Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-3
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Fog Lamps .................... 6-4
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Delayed Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . 6-7
Delayed Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Battery Load Management . . . . 6-7
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-8
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
There are four positions:
O(Off): Turns off the automatic
headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turning the headlamp
control to the off position again will
turn the automatic headlamps or
DRL back on. For vehicles first sold
in Canada, the off position only
works when the vehicle is shifted
into the P (Park) position.
Black plate (2,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
6-2 Lighting
AUTO (Automatic): Automatically
operates the headlamps and other
exterior lamps at normal brightness.
;(Parking Lamps): Turns on the
parking lamps including all lamps,
except the headlamps.
2(Headlamps): Turns on the
headlamps together with the parking
lamps and instrument panel lights.
When the headlamps are turned on
while the vehicle is on, the
headlamps will turn off automatically
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off. When the headlamps are
turned on while the vehicle is off,
the headlamps will stay on for
10 minutes before automatically
turning off to prevent the battery
from being drained. Turn the
headlamp control to off and then
back to the headlamp on position to
make the headlamps stay on for an
additional 10 minutes.
#(Fog Lamps) (If Equipped):
Turns on the fog lamps.
See Fog Lamps on page 6-4.
Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
To change the headlamps from low
beam to high beam, push the turn
signal lever away from you.
This instrument cluster light 3
comes on if the high-beam lamps
are turned on while the ignition is in
ON/RUN.
To change the headlamps from high
beam to low beam, pull the turn
signal lever toward you.
Flash-to-Pass
This feature is used to signal to the
vehicle ahead that you want
to pass.
If the headlamps are off or in the
low‐beam position, pull the turn
signal lever toward you to
momentarily switch to high beams.
Release the lever to turn the
high-beam headlamps off.
Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL)/Automatic
Headlamp System
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the
front of your vehicle during the day.
Fully functional daytime running
lamps are required on all vehicles
first sold in Canada.
The DRL system makes the
low-beam headlamps come on at a
reduced brightness when the
following conditions are met:
.The ignition is in the ON/RUN
position.
.The exterior lamps control is
in AUTO.
.The engine is running.
When the DRL are on, the regular
headlamps, taillamps, sidemarker,
and other lamps are not on. The
instrument panel and cluster are
also not on.
Black plate (3,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Lighting 6-3
The headlamps automatically
change from DRL to the regular
headlamps depending on the
darkness of the surroundings. The
other lamps that come on with the
headlamps will also come on.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps go off and the DRL
come on.
The regular headlamp system
should be turned on when needed.
Do not cover the light sensor on top
of the instrument panel because it
works with the DRL.
Lights On with Wipers
If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
lamps, and other exterior lamps
come on. The transition time for the
lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are
not operating, these lamps turn off.
Move the exterior lamp control to P
or ;to disable this feature.
Hazard Warning Flashers
The hazard warning flashers let you
warn others that you have a
problem.
The hazard warning flasher button
is located on top of the steering
column.
|:Press to make the front and
rear turn signal lamps flash on and
off. Press the button again to turn
the flashers off.
Black plate (4,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
6-4 Lighting
When the hazard warning flashers
are on, the turn signals will
not work.
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
An arrow on the instrument cluster
will flash in the direction of the turn
or lane change.
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
change. Hold it there until the lane
change is completed. If the lever is
briefly pressed and released, the
turn signal flashes three times.
The lever returns to its starting
position whenever it is released.
If after signaling a turn or lane
change the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
might be burned out.
Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb
is not burned out, check the fuse.
See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on
page 10-28.
Turn Signal On Chime
If either one of the turn signals are
left on and the vehicle has been
driven more than 1.2 km (0.75 mile),
a chime will sound.
Fog Lamps
#(Fog Lamps): If equipped, the
button is on the exterior lamps
control. The exterior lamps control is
located on the instrument panel to
the left of the steering column.
The ignition must be in the ON/RUN
position for the fog lamps to
come on.
Black plate (5,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Lighting 6-5
Press #to turn the fog lamps on or
off. A light will come on in the
instrument cluster.
When the headlamps are changed
to high beam, the fog lamps also
go off.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps.
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel
Illumination Control
D(Instrument Panel
Brightness): This knob is located
on the instrument panel to the left of
the steering wheel. Push the knob in
all the way until it extends out and
then turn the knob clockwise or
counterclockwise to brighten or dim
the lights. Push the knob back in
when finished.
Courtesy Lamps
When a door is opened, the
courtesy lamps automatically come
on. They make it easy for you to
enter and leave your vehicle. You
can also manually turn these lamps
on by fully turning the instrument
panel brightness control clockwise.
The reading lamps, located on the
rearview mirror, can be turned on or
off independent of the automatic
courtesy lamps, when the doors are
closed.
Black plate (6,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
6-6 Lighting
Dome Lamps
The center mounted dome lamp
overhead comes on when a door is
opened. This lamp can also be
turned on by turning the instrument
panel brightness control clockwise.
Reading Lamps
The vehicle has reading lamps that
also act as the dome lamp. Press
the button near each lamp to turn
them on and off.
Map Lamps
The vehicle has map lamps on the
rearview mirror. Press the button
near each lamp on the mirror to turn
the map lamps on and off.
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
For vehicles with courtesy lamps,
they come on and stay on for a set
time whenever the unlock symbol is
pressed on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter.
If a door is opened, the lamps stay
on while it is open and then turn off
automatically about 20 seconds
after the door is closed. If the unlock
symbol is pressed and no door is
opened, the lamps turn off after
about 20 seconds.
Entry lighting includes a feature
called theater dimming. With theater
dimming, the lamps do not turn off
at the end of the delay time.
Instead, they slowly dim and then
go out. The delay time is canceled if
the ignition key is turned to ON/RUN
or the power door lock switch is
pressed. The lamps will dim
right away.
Black plate (7,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Lighting 6-7
When the ignition is on, illuminated
entry is inactive, which means the
courtesy lamps will not come on
unless a door is opened.
Delayed Entry Lighting
Delayed entry lighting illuminates
the interior for a period of time after
all the doors have been closed.
The ignition must be off for delayed
entry lighting to work. Immediately
after all the doors have been closed,
the delayed entry lighting feature
continues to work until one of the
following occurs:
.The ignition is in ON/RUN.
.The doors are locked.
.An illumination period of about
25 seconds has elapsed.
If during the illumination period a
door is opened, the timed
illumination period is canceled and
the interior lamps remain on.
Delayed Exit Lighting
This feature illuminates the interior
for a period of time after the key is
removed from the ignition.
The ignition must be off for delayed
exit lighting to work. When the key
is removed, interior illumination
activates and remains on until one
of the following occurs:
.The ignition is in ON/RUN.
.The power door locks are
activated.
.An illumination period of
20 seconds has elapsed.
If during the illumination period a
door is opened, the timed
illumination period will be canceled
and the interior lamps will remain on
because a door is open.
Parade Dimming
Parade mode automatically prohibits
the dimming of the instrument panel
displays during the daylight while
the headlamps are on so that the
displays are still able to be seen.
Battery Load
Management
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM) that estimates
the battery's temperature and state
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage
for best performance and extended
life of the battery.
When the battery's state of charge
is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up.
When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
prevent overcharging. If the vehicle
has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC), you may see the
Black plate (8,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
6-8 Lighting
voltage move up or down. This is
normal. If there is a problem, an
alert will be displayed.
The battery can be discharged at
idle if the electrical loads are very
high. This is true for all vehicles.
This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all the
power that is needed for very high
electrical loads.
A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, fog
lamps, rear window defogger,
climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans,
trailer loads, and loads plugged into
accessory power outlets.
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed to
generate more power, whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.
Normally, these actions occur in
steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a Driver Information
Center (DIC) message might be
displayed, such as BATTERY
SAVER ACTIVE. If this messages
displays, it is recommended that the
driver reduce the electrical loads as
much as possible. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-23.
Battery Power Protection
This feature helps prevent the
battery from being drained, if the
interior courtesy lamps, reading/map
lamps, visor vanity lamps, or trunk
lamp are accidentally left on. If any
of these lamps are left on, they
automatically turn off after
10 minutes, if the ignition is off. The
lamps will not come back on again
until one of the following occurs:
.The ignition is turned on.
.The exterior lamps control is
turned off, then on again.
The headlamps will time out after
10 minutes, if they are manually
turned on with the ignition on or off.
Black plate (1,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment
System
Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Audio Players
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Introduction
Infotainment
Determine which radio the vehicle
has and read the following pages to
become familiar with its features.
{Warning
Taking your eyes off the road for
extended periods could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death
to you or others. Do not give
extended attention to infotainment
tasks while driving.
This system provides access to
many audio and non-audio listings.
To minimize taking your eyes off the
road while driving, do the following
while the vehicle is parked:
.Become familiar with the
operation and controls of the
audio system.
.Set up the tone, speaker
adjustments, and preset radio
stations.
For more information, see Defensive
Driving on page 9-2.
{Caution
Contact your dealer before adding
any equipment.
Adding audio or communication
equipment could interfere with the
operation of the engine, radio,
or other systems, and could
damage them. Follow federal
rules covering mobile radio and
telephone equipment.
The vehicle has Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP,
the audio system can be played
even after the ignition is turned off.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9-18 for more
information.
Black plate (2,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
7-2 Infotainment System
Theft-Deterrent Feature
TheftLock
®
is designed to
discourage theft of the vehicle's
radio by learning a portion of the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
The radio does not operate if it is
stolen or moved to a different
vehicle.
Operation
Radio with CD (Base)
Black plate (3,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Infotainment System 7-3
Radio with CD (MP3)
The vehicle has one of these radios
as its infotainment system.
Softkeys
The Radio with CD (MP3) has six
softkeys located below the radio
display. Softkeys are used to control
functions that appear on the radio
display as tabs directly above the
softkeys.
Using the Radio
O(Power/Volume): Press to turn
the system on and off. Turn to
increase or decrease the volume.
4(Information): Press to switch
the display between the radio
station frequency and the time.
While the ignition is off, press this
button to display the time.
Speed Compensated Volume
(SCV): Radios with the SCV
feature automatically adjust the
radio volume to compensate for
road and wind noise as the vehicle
speeds up or slows down, so that
the volume level is consistent.
Black plate (4,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
7-4 Infotainment System
To activate SCV:
1. Set the radio volume to the
desired level.
2. Press MENU to display the radio
setup menu.
3. Press the softkey under the
AUTO VOLUM tab on the radio
display.
4. Press the softkey under the
desired Speed Compensated
Volume setting (OFF, Low, Med,
or High) to select the level of
radio volume compensation. The
display times out after
approximately 10 seconds. Each
higher setting allows for more
radio volume compensation at
faster vehicle speeds.
Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble)
Radio with CD
To adjust the bass or treble:
1. Press the fknob until Bass or
Treble displays.
2. To adjust the setting, do one of
the following:
.Turn the fknob.
.Press ¨SEEK or ©SEEK.
.Press \FWD or sREV.
EQ (Equalization): Press this
button to choose bass and treble
equalization settings designed for
different types of music. Selecting
MANUAL or changing bass or
treble, returns the EQ to the manual
bass and treble settings.
Unique EQ settings can be saved
for each source.
Setting the Tone (Bass/
Midrange/Treble) Radio with
CD (MP3)
BASS/MID/TREB (Bass, Midrange,
or Treble): To adjust the bass,
midrange, or treble:
1. Press the fknob until the tone
control tabs display.
2. Highlight the desired tone
control tab by doing one of the
following:
.Press the fknob.
.Press the softkey under the
desired tab.
3. Adjust the setting by doing one
of the following:
.Turn the fknob clockwise
or counterclockwise.
.Press ¨SEEK or ©SEEK.
.Press \FWD or sREV.
If a station's frequency is weak or if
there is static, decrease the treble.
To quickly adjust bass, midrange,
or treble to the middle position,
press the softkey positioned under
the BASS, MID, or TREB tab for
more than two seconds. A beep
sounds and the level adjusts to the
middle position.
Black plate (5,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Infotainment System 7-5
To quickly adjust all tone and
speaker controls to the middle
position, press the fknob for more
than two seconds until a beep
sounds.
EQ (Equalization): Press this
button to choose bass and treble
equalization settings designed for
different types of music. Selecting
MANUAL or changing bass or treble
returns the EQ to the manual bass
and treble settings.
Unique EQ settings can be saved
for each source.
If the radio has a Bose
®
audio
system, the EQ settings are either
MANUAL or TALK.
Adjusting the Speakers
(Balance/Fade) Radio with CD
To adjust the balance or fade:
1. Press the `button or press the
fknob until the speaker control
label displays.
2. To adjust the setting, do one of
the following:
.Turn the fknob.
.Press ¨SEEK or ©SEEK.
.Press \FWD or sREV.
Adjusting the Speakers
(Balance/Fade) Radio with
CD (MP3)
BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade): To
adjust the balance or fade:
1. Press the fknob until the
speaker control tabs display.
2. Highlight the desired speaker
control tab by doing one of the
following:
.Press the fknob.
.Press the softkey under the
desired tab.
3. Adjust the setting by doing one
of the following:
.Turn the fknob clockwise
or counterclockwise.
.Press ¨SEEK or ©SEEK.
.Press \FWD or sREV.
To quickly adjust all speaker and
tone controls to the middle position,
press the fknob for more than
two seconds.
If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is
turned on, the radio disables FADE
and mutes the rear speakers.
Radio Messages
Calibration Error: Displays if the
radio is no longer calibrated
properly for the vehicle. The vehicle
must be returned to your dealer for
service.
Loc or Locked: Displays when the
TheftLock
®
system has activated.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.
If any error occurs repeatedly or if
an error cannot be corrected,
contact your dealer.
Black plate (6,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
7-6 Infotainment System
Radio
AM-FM Radio
Radio Data System (RDS)
The radio may have RDS. The RDS
feature is available for use only on
FM stations that broadcast RDS
information. This system relies upon
receiving specific information from
these stations and only works when
the information is available. While
the radio is tuned to an FM-RDS
station, the station name or call
letters display. In rare cases, a radio
station could broadcast incorrect
information that causes the radio
features to work improperly. If this
happens, contact the radio station.
4(Information) (RDS Features):
For vehicles with RDS features,
press 4to display additional text
information related to the current
FM-RDS station. If information is
available, the song title information
displays on the top line of the
display and artist information
displays on the bottom line. When
information is not available, “NO
INFO”displays.
Auto Text (RDS Features): If
additional information is available
for the current song being played,
Auto Text will automatically page/
scroll the information every
three seconds above the FAV
presets on the radio display. By
default, Auto Text is enabled.
To change the Auto Text setting:
1. Press MENU to display the radio
setup menu.
2. Press the softkey under AUTO
TXT tab on the radio display.
3. Press the softkey under the ON
or OFF tab on the radio display.
If 4is pressed and the song title or
artist information is longer than what
can be displayed, the extra
information will page every
three seconds when Auto Text is
activated.
Finding a Station
BAND: Press to choose between
FM1, FM2, AM, or SiriusXM (if
equipped) on the Radio with CD
(Base). Press to choose between
FM, AM, SiriusXM (if equipped) on
the Radio with CD (MP3).
f(Tune): Turn to select radio
stations.
©SEEK: Press to seek or scan
stations with a strong signal in the
selected band.
.To seek stations, press and
release ©SEEK to go to the
previous station and stay there.
.To scan stations, press and hold
©SEEK for a few seconds until
the radio beeps once. The radio
goes to a station, plays for a few
seconds, then goes to the next
station. Press ©SEEK again to
stop scanning.
Black plate (7,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Infotainment System 7-7
.To scan preset stations in the
selected band, press and hold ©
SEEK for four seconds until a
double beep sounds. The radio
goes to a stored preset, plays for
a few seconds, then goes to the
next stored preset. Press ©
SEEK again to stop scanning
preset stations.
¨SEEK: Press to seek or scan
stations with a strong signal in the
selected band.
.To seek stations, press and
release ¨SEEK to go to the
next station and stay there.
.To scan stations, press and hold
¨SEEK for a few seconds until
the radio beeps once. The radio
goes to a station, plays for a few
seconds, then goes to the next
station. Press ¨SEEK again to
stop scanning.
.To scan preset stations in the
selected band, press and hold ¨
SEEK for four seconds until a
double beep sounds. The radio
goes to a stored preset, plays for
a few seconds, then goes to the
next stored preset. Press ¨
SEEK again to stop scanning
preset stations.
Storing Radio Stations
Drivers are encouraged to store
radio station while the vehicle is
parked. See Defensive Driving on
page 9-2. Tune to stored radio
stations using the presets, favorites
button, and steering wheel controls,
if the vehicle has this feature.
Radios that have a FAV button store
radio stations as favorites, up to
36 stations can be programmed as
favorites using the six softkeys
below the radio station frequency
tabs and by using the FAV button.
Press the FAV button to go through
up to six pages of favorites, each
having six favorite stations available
per page. Each page of favorites
can contain any combination of AM,
FM, or SiriusXM, if equipped,
stations.
Radios that do not have a FAV
button store radio stations as
presets, up to 18 stations (six FM1,
six FM2, and six AM), can be
programmed on the six numbered
pushbuttons.
Storing a Radio Station as a
Preset, Radio with CD (Base)
Radios that have numbered
pushbuttons store radio stations as
presets.
Up to 18 stations (six FM1, six FM2,
and six AM), can be programmed on
the six numbered buttons.
To store preset stations:
1. Tune to a radio station.
2. Press and hold one of the
six numbered pushbuttons for
three seconds until a beep
sounds.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to store
additional radio stations.
Black plate (8,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
7-8 Infotainment System
Storing a Radio Station as a
Favorite, Radio with CD (MP3)
Radios that have a FAV button store
radio stations as favorites.
To store a station as a favorite:
1. Tune to a radio station.
2. Press the FAV button to display
the page where the station will
be stored.
3. Press and hold one of the
six softkeys until a beep sounds.
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 to store
additional radio stations.
The number of favorites pages can
be set up using the MENU button.
To set up the number of favorites
pages:
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Press the softkey located below
the FAV 1-6 tab.
3. Select the number of favorites
pages by pressing the softkey
located below the displayed
page numbers.
4. Press the FAV button, or let the
menu time out, to return to the
original main radio screen
showing the radio station
frequency tabs and to begin the
process of programming
favorites.
Satellite Radio
SiriusXM
®
Satellite Radio
Service
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
that is based in the 48 contiguous
United States and 10 Canadian
provinces. SiriusXM Satellite Radio
has a wide variety of programming
and commercial-free music,
coast-to-coast, and in digital-quality
sound. A service fee is required to
receive the XM service. If SiriusXM
Service needs to be reactivated, the
radio will display “No Subscription
Please Renew”on channel XM1.
For more information, contact
SiriusXM at www.siriusxm.com or
call 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) and
www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
4(Information) (SiriusXM Satellite
Radio Service): For vehicles with
SiriusXM, press 4to display
additional text information related to
the current SiriusXM channel.
If information is available, the song
title information displays on the top
line of the display and artist
information displays on the bottom
line. When information is not
available, “NO INFO”displays.
Auto Text (Satellite Radio
Service): If additional information is
available for the current song being
played, Auto Text will automatically
page/scroll the information every
three seconds above the FAV
presets on the radio display. By
default, Auto Text is enabled.
To change the Auto Text setting:
1. Press MENU to display the radio
setup menu.
Black plate (9,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Infotainment System 7-9
2. Press the softkey under AUTO
TXT tab on the radio display.
3. Press the softkey under the ON
or OFF tab on the radio display.
If 4is pressed and the song title or
artist information is longer than what
can be displayed, the extra
information will page every
three seconds when Auto Text is
activated.
Finding an SiriusXM Channel
BAND: Press to switch between
AM, FM, or SiriusXM, if equipped.
f(Tune): Turn to manually select a
SiriusXM channel.
©SEEK: Press to go to the
previous SiriusXM channel.
.To scan stations, press and hold
©SEEK for a few seconds until
the radio beeps once. The radio
goes to a channel, plays for a
few seconds, then goes to the
next station. Press ©SEEK
again to stop scanning.
¨SEEK: Press to go to the next
SiriusXM channel.
.To scan stations, press and hold
¨SEEK for a few seconds until
the radio beeps once. The radio
goes to a station, plays for a few
seconds, then goes to the next
station. Press ¨SEEK again to
stop scanning.
sREV: Press to go to the
previous SiriusXM category.
\FWD: Press to go to the next
SiriusXM category.
Finding a Category (CAT)
Channel
To find SiriusXM channels in a
category:
1. Press the CAT button to display
the category tabs. Continue
pressing the CAT button until the
desired category name displays.
.Radios with CD and DVD
can also navigate the
category list by pressing the
\FWD or the sREV
button.
2. Press either of the two softkeys
below the desired category tab
to immediately tune to the first
SiriusXM station in that category.
To go to the previous or next
SiriusXM station in the selected
category, do one of the
following:
.Turn the fknob.
.Press the softkey below the
right or left arrows in the
category tab.
Black plate (10,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
7-10 Infotainment System
.Press ©SEEK or ¨SEEK.
3. To exit the category search
mode, press the FAV button or
BAND button to display the
favorites again.
Adding and Removing Categories
Categories cannot be added or
removed while the vehicle is moving
faster than 8 km/h (5 mph).
To add or remove a category:
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Press the softkey located below
the SiriusXM CAT tab.
3. Turn the fknob to display the
category you want to add or
remove.
4. Press the softkey located under
the Add or Remove tab.
To restore all removed
categories, press the softkey
under the Restore All tab.
5. Repeat the steps to remove
more categories.
Storing SiriusXM Channels
Drivers are encouraged to store
radio station while the vehicle is
parked. See Defensive Driving on
page 9-2. Tune to stored radio
stations using the presets, favorites
button, and steering wheel controls,
if the vehicle has this feature.
Up to 36 stations can be
programmed as favorites using the
six softkeys below the radio station
frequency tabs and by using the
FAV button. Press the FAV button to
go through up to six pages of
favorites, each having six favorite
stations available per page. Each
page of favorites can contain any
combination of AM, FM,
or SiriusXM, if equipped, stations.
Storing an SiriusXM Channel as a
Favorite
To store a station as a favorite:
1. Tune to an SiriusXM channel.
2. Press the FAV button to display
the page where the station will
be stored.
3. Press and hold one of the
six softkeys until a beep sounds.
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 to store
additional radio stations.
The number of favorites pages can
be set up using the MENU button.
To set up the number of favorites
pages:
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Press the softkey located below
the FAV 1-6 tab.
3. Select the number of favorites
pages by pressing the softkey
located below the displayed
page numbers.
4. Press the FAV button, or let the
menu time out, to return to the
original main radio screen
showing the radio station
frequency tabs and to begin the
process of programming
favorites.
Black plate (11,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Infotainment System 7-11
SiriusXM Radio Messages
XL (Explicit Language
Channels): These channels, or any
others, can be blocked at a
customer's request, by calling
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) and
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
XM Updating: The encryption code
in the receiver is being updated, and
no action is required. This process
should take no longer than
30 seconds.
No XM Signal: The system is
functioning correctly, but the vehicle
is in a location that is blocking the
SiriusXM signal. When the vehicle is
moved into an open area, the signal
should return.
Loading XM: The audio system is
acquiring and processing audio and
text data. No action is needed. This
message should disappear shortly.
Channel Off Air: This channel is
not currently in service. Tune in to
another channel.
Channel Unauth: This channel is
blocked or cannot be received with
your SiriusXM subscription package.
Channel Unavail: This previously
assigned channel is no longer
assigned. Tune to another station.
If this station was one of the
presets, choose another station for
that preset button.
No Artist Info: No artist
information is available at this time
on this channel. The system is
working properly.
No Title Info: No song title
information is available at this time
on this channel. The system is
working properly.
No CAT Info: No category
information is available at this time
on this channel. The system is
working properly.
No Information: No text or
informational messages are
available at this time on this
channel. The system is working
properly.
No Subscription Please Renew:
SiriusXM subscription needs to be
reactivated. Contact SiriusXM at
www.siriusxm.com or call
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) and
www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
CAT Not Found: There are no
channels available for the selected
category. The system is working
properly.
XM Theftlocked: The XM receiver
in the vehicle could have previously
been in another vehicle. For security
purposes, XM receivers cannot be
swapped between vehicles. If this
message is received after having
the vehicle serviced, check with
your dealer.
XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0,
this message alternates with the
SiriusXM Radio 8 digit radio ID
label. This label is needed to
activate the service.
Black plate (12,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
7-12 Infotainment System
Unknown: If this message is
received when tuned to channel 0,
there could be a receiver fault.
Consult with your dealer.
Check Antenna: If this message
does not clear within a short period
of time, the receiver or antenna
could have a fault. Consult with your
dealer.
Check XM Receivr: If this
message does not clear within a
short period of time, the receiver
could have a fault. Consult with your
dealer.
XM Not Available: If this message
does not clear within a short period
of time, the receiver could have a
fault. Consult with your dealer.
Radio Reception
Frequency interference and static
can occur during normal radio
reception if items such as cell phone
chargers, vehicle convenience
accessories, and external electronic
devices are plugged into the
accessory power outlet. If there is
interference or static, unplug the
item from the accessory power
outlet.
AM
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. For better radio
reception, most AM radio stations
boost the power levels during the
day, and then reduce these levels
during the night. Static can also
occur when things like storms and
power lines interfere with radio
reception. When this happens, try
reducing the treble on the radio.
FM Stereo
FM signals only reach about
16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although
the radio has a built-in electronic
circuit that automatically works to
reduce interference, some static can
occur, especially around tall
buildings or hills, causing the sound
to fade in and out.
SiriusXM
®
Satellite Radio
Service
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
gives digital radio reception from
coast to coast in the 48 contiguous
United States, and in Canada. Just
as with FM, tall buildings or hills can
interfere with satellite radio signals,
causing the sound to fade in and
out. In addition, traveling or standing
under heavy foliage, bridges,
garages, or tunnels may cause loss
of the SiriusXM signal for a period
of time.
Cellular Phone Usage
Cellular phone usage may cause
interference with the vehicle's radio.
This interference may occur when
making or receiving phone calls,
charging the phone's battery,
or simply having the phone on. This
interference causes an increased
level of static while listening to the
radio. If static is received while
listening to the radio, unplug the
cellular phone and turn it off.
Black plate (13,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Infotainment System 7-13
Backglass Antenna
The AM-FM antenna is integrated
with the rear window defogger,
located in the rear window. Make
sure that the inside surface of the
rear window is not scratched and
that the lines on the glass are not
damaged. If the inside surface is
damaged, it could interfere with
radio reception. For proper radio
reception, the antenna connector
needs to be properly attached to the
post on the glass.
If a cellular telephone antenna
needs to be attached to the glass,
make sure that the grid lines for the
AM-FM antenna are not damaged.
There is enough space between the
grid lines to attach a cellular
telephone antenna without
interfering with radio reception.
{Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear
window can damage the rear
window antenna and/or the rear
window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.
{Caution
Do not apply aftermarket glass
tinting with metallic film. The
metallic film in some tinting
materials will interfere with or
distort the incoming radio
reception. Any damage caused to
the backglass antenna due to
metallic tinting materials will not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Multi-Band Antenna
The roof antenna is for OnStar
®
(if
equipped), SiriusXM
®
Satellite
Radio (if equipped), and GPS
(Global Positioning System). Keep
clear of obstructions for clear
reception. If the vehicle has a
sunroof, and it is open, reception
can also be affected.
Black plate (14,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
7-14 Infotainment System
Audio Players
CD Player
Some CD players can play MP3
CD-R or CD-RW discs. See “MP3”
later in this section for more
information.
The CD player can play the smaller
8 cm (3 in) single discs with an
adapter ring.
Care of the CD Player
Do not add labels to a disc. It could
get caught in the CD player. Use a
marking pen to write on the top of
the disc if a description is needed.
Do not use CD lens cleaners. They
could damage the CD player.
{Caution
If a label is added to a CD, more
than one CD is inserted into the
slot at a time, or an attempt is
made to play scratched or
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
damaged CDs, the CD player
could be damaged. While using
the CD player, use only CDs in
good condition without any label,
load one CD at a time, and keep
the CD player and the loading slot
free of foreign materials, liquids,
and debris.
If an error displays, see “CD
Messages”later in this section.
Care of CDs
Store a disc in its original case or a
protective case and away from
direct sunlight and dust. If the
bottom of a disc is damaged it may
not play properly or at all. Do not
touch the bottom of a disc while
handling it, pick it up by grasping
the outer edges or the edge of the
hole and the outer edge.
If the surface of a disc is dirty, take
a soft, lint-free cloth or dampen a
clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral
detergent solution mixed with water,
and clean it. Make sure the wiping
process starts from the center to
the edge.
Inserting a Disc
Insert the disc partway into the slot,
label side up. The player pulls it in
and the disc begins playing.
Use an adapter ring when playing
the smaller 8 cm (3 in) discs.
Smaller discs with the adapter ring
are loaded the same way as a
full-size disc.
Ejecting a Disc
ZEJECT: Press to eject the disc.
If the disc is not removed after
several seconds, the CD player
automatically pulls the disc back in.
Playing a CD
When a CD is inserted into the
player, the CD symbol displays. As
each new track starts to play, the
track number displays.
Black plate (15,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Infotainment System 7-15
If the ignition or radio is turned off
when a CD is in the player, the CD
stays in the player. If the ignition or
radio is turned on when a CD is in
the player, the CD starts to play
where it stopped, if it was the last
selected audio source.
Buttons and Knobs
The buttons and knobs on the radio
control the following features.
f(Tune): Turn to select tracks on
the CD.
©SEEK: Press to go to the start of
the current track, if more than
10 seconds have played. Press and
hold or press multiple times to
continue moving backward through
the tracks on the CD.
¨SEEK: Press to go to the next
track. Press and hold or press
multiple times to continue moving
forward through the tracks on
the CD.
sREV (Reverse): Press and hold
to reverse playback quickly within a
track. Sound is heard at a reduced
volume and the elapsed time of the
track displays. Release to resume
playing the track.
\FWD (Fast Forward): Press
and hold to advance playback
quickly within a track. Sound is
heard at a reduced volume and the
elapsed time of the track displays.
Release to resume playing the
track.
4(Information): Press to display
available additional information
about the current track.
BAND: Press to listen to the radio
while a CD is playing. The CD
remains inside the CD player.
CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to
play a CD while listening to the
radio or a portable audio device.
Press this button again and the
system automatically searches for
an auxiliary input device, such as a
portable audio player. If a portable
audio player is not connected, No
Aux Input Device Found may
display.
Softkeys
The six softkeys below the radio
display are used to control functions
that display as tabs.
The softkeys below the radio display
control the following features.
RDM (Random): Tracks can be
listened to in random, rather than
sequential order.
To use random:
1. Press the softkey below the
RDM tab until Random Current
Disc displays.
2. Press the softkey again to turn
off random play.
MP3 Supported Files
The Radio with CD (MP3) has the
capability of playing an MP3 CD-R
or CD-RW disc.
The radio can also play discs that
contain both uncompressed CD
audio and MP3 files. When a disc
Black plate (16,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
7-16 Infotainment System
contains both types of audio, the CD
player reads all MP3 files first, then
the uncompressed CD audio files.
Supported File and Folder
Structure
The radio supports:
.Up to 50 folders.
.Up to 8 folders in depth.
.Up to 50 playlists.
.Up to 255 files.
.Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl
extension.
.Files with an .mp3 or .cda file
extension.
Root Directory
The root directory is treated as a
folder. Files are stored in the root
directory when the disc or storage
device does not contain folders.
Files accessed from the root
directory of a disc display as
F1 ROOT.
Empty Folder
Folders that do not contain files are
skipped, and the player advances to
the next folder that contains files.
File Naming
The song name that displays is the
song name that is contained in the
ID3 tag. If the song name is not
present in the ID3 tag, then the
radio displays the file name without
the file extension as the track name.
Track names longer than 32
characters or 4 pages are
shortened. The display does not
show parts of words on the last
page of text and the extension of
the filename is not displayed.
Playlists
Discs that have playlists that were
created using WinAmp
®
,
MusicMatch
®
, or RealPlayer
®
software can be accessed; however,
there is no playlist editing capability
using the radio. These playlists are
treated as special folders containing
compressed audio song files.
Playing an MP3
Order of Play
Tracks are played in the following
order:
.Play begins from the first track in
the first playlist and continues
sequentially through all tracks in
each playlist. When the last
track of the last playlist has
played, play continues from the
first track of the first playlist.
.Play begins from the first track in
the first folder and continues
sequentially through all tracks in
each folder. When the last track
of the last folder has played,
play continues from the first
track of the first folder.
When playback starts from a new
folder, the new track name displays
unless folder mode has been
chosen as the default display, then
the new folder name displays.
Black plate (17,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Infotainment System 7-17
Buttons and Knobs
The buttons and knobs on the radio
control the following features.
f(Tune): Turn to select MP3 files
on the disc.
©SEEK: Press to go to the start of
the track, if more than 10 seconds
have played. Press and hold or
press multiple times to continue
moving backward through tracks.
¨SEEK: Press to go to the next
track. Press and hold or press
multiple times to continue moving
forward through tracks.
sREV (Reverse): Press and hold
to reverse playback quickly. Sound
is heard at a reduced volume and
the elapsed time of the track
displays. Release sREV to
resume playing.
\FWD (Fast Forward): Press
and hold to advance playback
quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced
volume and the elapsed time of the
track displays. Release \FWD to
resume playing.
4(Information): Press to display
available additional information
about the current track.
BAND: Press to listen to the radio
while an MP3 disc is playing. The
MP3 disc remains inside the CD
player.
CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to
play an MP3 disc while listening to
the radio or a portable audio device.
Press this button again and the
system automatically searches for
an auxiliary input device, such as a
portable audio player. If a portable
audio player is not connected, No
Aux Input Device Found may
display.
Softkeys
The six softkeys below the radio
display are used to control functions
that display as tabs.
The softkeys below the radio display
control the following features.
Sc(Previous Folder): Press
the softkey below Scto go to the
first track in the previous folder.
cT(Next Folder): Press the
softkey below cTto go to the first
track in the next folder.
RDM (Random): MP3 files can be
listened to on a CD in random,
rather than sequential order. To use
random:
1. Press the softkey under the
RDM tab until Random Current
Disc displays to play songs from
the current CD in random order.
2. Press the same softkey again to
turn off random play.
h(Music Navigator): Press the
softkey below hto have the files
played in order by artist or album.
The player scans the disc to sort the
files by artist and album ID3 tag
information. It can take several
minutes to scan the disc depending
Black plate (18,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
7-18 Infotainment System
on the number of files on the disc.
The radio may begin playing while it
is scanning in the background.
When the scan is finished, the disc
begins playing files in order by
artist. The current artist playing is
shown on the second line of the
display. Once all songs by that artist
are played, the player moves to the
next artist in alphabetical order and
begins playing files by that artist.
To listen to files by another artist,
press the softkey located below
either arrow tab. The disc goes to
the next or previous artist in
alphabetical order. Continue
pressing either softkey below the
arrow tab until the desired artist
displays.
To change from playback by artist to
playback by album:
1. Press the softkey located below
the Sort By tab.
2. Press one of the softkeys below
the Album tab from the sort
screen.
3. Press the softkey below the
Back tab to return to the main
music navigator screen.
The album name displays on the
second line between the arrows and
songs from the current album
begins to play. Once all songs from
that album have played, the player
moves to the next album in
alphabetical order on the disc and
begins playing MP3 files from that
album.
To exit music navigator mode, press
the softkey below the Back tab to
return to normal MP3 playback.
CD Player Messages
CHECK DISC: If an error message
displays and/or the disc comes out,
it could be for one of the following
reasons:
.The CD player is very hot. When
the temperature returns to
normal, the disc should play.
.The road is very rough. When
the road becomes smoother, the
disc should play.
.The disc is dirty, scratched, wet,
or upside down.
.The air is very humid. If so, wait
about an hour and try again.
.A problem occurred while
burning the disc.
.The label is caught in the CD
player.
If the disc is not playing correctly for
any other reason, try a known
good disc.
If any error occurs repeatedly or if
an error cannot be corrected,
contact your dealer. If the radio
displays an error message, write it
down and provide it to your dealer
when reporting the problem.
Black plate (19,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Infotainment System 7-19
Auxiliary Devices
Using the Auxiliary Input Jack
The radio system may have an
auxiliary input jack on the audio
faceplate. This is not an audio
output; do not plug the headphone
set into the front auxiliary input jack.
However, an external audio device
such as an iPod, laptop computer,
MP3 player, CD changer,
or cassette tape player can be
connected to the auxiliary input jack
as another source for audio
listening.
Drivers are encouraged to set up
any auxiliary device while the
vehicle is in P (Park). See Defensive
Driving on page 9-2 for more
information on driver distraction.
To use a portable audio player,
connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to
the radio's front auxiliary input jack.
While a device is connected, press
the radio CD/AUX button to begin
playing audio from the device over
the vehicle speakers.
O(Power/Volume): Turn to
increase or decrease the volume of
the portable player. Additional
volume adjustments might need to
be made from the portable device.
BAND: Press to listen to the radio
while a portable audio device is
playing. The portable audio device
continues playing until it is stopped
or turned off.
CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to
play a CD while a portable audio
device is playing. Press again and
the system begins playing audio
from the connected portable audio
player. If a portable audio player is
not connected, No Aux Input Device
Found may display.
Phone
Bluetooth
For vehicles equipped with
Bluetooth capability, the system can
interact with many cell phones,
allowing:
.Placement and receipt of calls in
a hands-free mode.
.Sharing of the cell phone’s
address book or contact list with
the vehicle.
To minimize driver distraction,
before driving, and with the vehicle
parked:
.Become familiar with the
features of the cell phone.
Organize the phone book and
contact lists clearly and delete
duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial
or other shortcuts.
.Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
system.
Black plate (20,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
7-20 Infotainment System
.Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
all cell phones. See “Pairing”in
this section for more information.
.If the cell phone has voice
dialing capability, learn to use
that feature to access the
address book or contact list. See
“Voice Pass-Thru”in this section
for more information.
.See “Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers”in this section for
more information.
{Warning
When using a cell phone, it can
be distracting to look too long or
too often at the screen of the
phone or the infotainment system.
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
A Bluetooth system can use a
Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a
Hands-Free Profile to make and
receive phone calls. The system
can be used while the key is in the
ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY
position. The range of the Bluetooth
system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft).
Not all phones support all functions,
and not all phones work with the
in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See
www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
information on compatible phones.
Voice Recognition
The Bluetooth system uses voice
recognition to interpret voice
commands to dial phone numbers
and name tags.
For additional information, say
“Help”while you are in a voice
recognition menu.
Noise: Keep interior noise levels to
a minimum. The system may not
recognize voice commands if there
is too much background noise.
When to Speak: A short tone
sounds after the system responds
indicating when it is waiting for a
voice command. Wait until the tone
and then speak.
How to Speak: Speak clearly in a
calm and natural voice.
Audio System
When using the in-vehicle Bluetooth
system, sound comes through the
vehicle's front audio system
speakers and overrides the audio
system. Use the audio system
volume knob, during a call, to
change the volume level. The
adjusted volume level remains in
memory for later calls. To prevent
missed calls, a minimum volume
level is used if the volume is turned
down too low.
Bluetooth Controls
Use the buttons located on the
steering wheel to operate the
in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See
Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5-2.
Black plate (21,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Infotainment System 7-21
b/g(Push To Talk): Press to
answer incoming calls, confirm
system information, and start
speech recognition.
c/x(End): Press to end a call,
reject a call, or cancel an operation.
Pairing
A Bluetooth enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth
system and then connected to the
vehicle before it can be used. See
the cell phone manufacturer's user
guide for Bluetooth functions before
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
phone is not connected, calls will be
made using OnStar Hands-Free
Calling, if equipped. See OnStar
Overview on page 14-1.
Pairing Information
.A Bluetooth phone with MP3
capability cannot be paired to
the vehicle as a phone and an
MP3 player at the same time.
.Up to five cell phones can be
paired to the Bluetooth system.
.The pairing process is disabled
when the vehicle is moving.
.Pairing only needs to be
completed once, unless the
pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone
is deleted from the system.
.Only one paired cell phone can
be connected to the Bluetooth
system at a time.
.If multiple paired cell phones are
within range of the system, the
system connects to the first
available paired cell phone in the
order that they were first paired
to the system. To connect to a
different paired phone, see
“Connecting to a Different
Phone”later in this section.
Pairing a Phone
1. Press and hold b/gfor
two seconds.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”This command
can be skipped.
3. Say “Pair.”The system responds
with instructions and a four-digit
Personal Identification Number
(PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.
4. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone that you want to pair.
For help with this process, see
the cell phone manufacturer's
user guide.
5. Locate the device named “Your
Vehicle”in the list on the cell
phone. Follow the instructions
on the cell phone to enter the
PIN provided in Step 3. After the
PIN is successfully entered, the
system prompts you to provide a
name for the paired cell phone.
This name will be used to
indicate which phones are
paired and connected to the
vehicle. The system responds
with “<phone name> has been
successfully paired”after the
pairing process is complete.
6. Repeat Steps 1–5 to pair
additional phones.
Black plate (22,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
7-22 Infotainment System
Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones
The system can list all cell phones
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is
also connected to the vehicle, the
system responds with “is connected”
after that phone name.
1. Press and hold b/gfor
two seconds.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “List.”
Deleting a Paired Phone
If the phone name you want to
delete is unknown, see “Listing All
Paired and Connected Phones.”
1. Press and hold b/gfor
two seconds.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Delete.”The system asks
which phone to delete.
4. Say the name of the phone you
want to delete.
Connecting to a Different Phone
To connect to a different cell phone,
the Bluetooth system looks for the
next available cell phone in the
order in which all the available cell
phones were paired. Depending on
which cell phone you want to
connect to, you may have to use
this command several times.
1. Press and hold b/gfor
two seconds.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Change phone.”
.If another cell phone is
found, the response will be
“<Phone name> is now
connected.”
.If another cell phone is not
found, the original phone
remains connected.
Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers
The system can store up to 30
phone numbers as name tags in the
Hands-Free Directory that is shared
between the Bluetooth and OnStar
systems, if equipped.
The following commands are used
to delete and store phone numbers.
Store: This command will store a
phone number, or a group of
numbers as a name tag.
Digit Store: This command allows
a phone number to be stored as a
name tag by entering the digits one
at a time.
Delete: This command is used to
delete individual name tags.
Delete All Name Tags: This
command deletes all stored name
tags in the Hands-Free Calling
Directory and the OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory,
if equipped.
Black plate (23,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Infotainment System 7-23
Using the “Store”Command
1. Press and hold b/gfor
two seconds.
2. Say “Store.”
3. Say the phone number or group
of numbers you want to store all
at once with no pauses, then
follow the directions given by the
system to save a name tag for
this number.
Using the “Digit Store”Command
If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say
“Clear”at any time to clear the last
number.
To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say
“Verify”at any time.
1. Press and hold b/gfor
two seconds.
2. Say “Digit Store.”
3. Say each digit, one at a time,
that you want to store. After
each digit is entered, the system
repeats back the digit it heard
followed by a tone. After the last
digit has been entered, say
“Store,”and then follow the
directions given by the system to
save a name tag for this number.
Using the “Delete”Command
1. Press and hold b/gfor
two seconds.
2. Say “Delete.”
3. Say the name tag you want to
delete.
Using the “Delete All Name Tags”
Command
This command deletes all stored
name tags in the Hands-Free
Calling Directory and the OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory,
if equipped.
To delete all name tags:
1. Press and hold b/gfor
two seconds.
2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
Listing Stored Numbers
The list command will list all stored
numbers and name tags.
Using the “List”Command
1. Press and hold b/gfor
two seconds.
2. Say “Directory.”
3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.”
4. Say “List.”
Making a Call
Calls can be made using the
following commands.
Dial or Call: The dial or call
command can be used
interchangeably to dial a phone
number or a stored name tag.
Digit Dial: This command allows a
phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
Re-dial: This command is used to
dial the last number used on the cell
phone.
Black plate (24,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
7-24 Infotainment System
Using the “Dial”or “Call”
Command
1. Press and hold b/gfor
two seconds.
2. Say “Dial”or “Call.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing, or say the name tag.
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Calling 911 Emergency
1. Press and hold b/gfor
two seconds.
2. Say “Dial”or “Call.”
3. Say “911.”
4. Say "Dial" or "Call.”
Using the “Digit Dial”Command
The digit dial command allows a
phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
After each digit is entered, the
system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone.
If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say
“Clear”at any time to clear the last
number.
To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say
“Verify”at any time.
1. Press and hold b/gfor
two seconds.
2. Say “Digit Dial.”
3. Say each digit, one at a time,
that you want to dial. After each
digit is entered, the system
repeats back the digit it heard
followed by a tone. After the last
digit has been entered,
say “Dial.”
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Using the “Re-dial”Command
1. Press and hold b/gfor
two seconds.
2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.”
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Receiving a Call
When an incoming call is received,
the audio system mutes and a ring
tone is heard in the vehicle.
.Press b/gto answer the call.
.Press c/xto ignore a call.
Call Waiting
Call waiting must be supported on
the cell phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier.
.Press b/gto answer an
incoming call when another call
is active. The original call is
placed on hold.
.Press b/gagain to return to
the original call.
.To ignore the incoming call, no
action is required.
Black plate (25,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Infotainment System 7-25
.Press c/xto disconnect the
current call and switch to the call
on hold.
Three-Way Calling
Three-way calling must be
supported on the cell phone and
enabled by the wireless service
carrier.
1. While on a call, press b/g.
2. Say “Three-way call.”
3. Use the dial or call command to
dial the number of the third party
to be called.
4. Once the call is connected,
press b/gto link all callers
together.
Ending a Call
Press c/xto end a call.
Muting a Call
During a call, all sounds from inside
the vehicle can be muted so that the
person on the other end of the call
cannot hear them.
.To mute a call, press b/g, and
then say “Mute call.”
.To cancel mute, press b/g,
and then say “Un-mute call.”
Transferring a Call
Audio can be transferred between
the Bluetooth system and the cell
phone.
The cell phone must be paired and
connected with the Bluetooth
system before a call can be
transferred. The connection process
can take up to two minutes after the
ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
Transferring Audio from the
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
During a call with the audio in the
vehicle:
1. Press b/g.
2. Say “Transfer Call.”
Transferring Audio to the
Bluetooth System from a Cell
Phone
During a call with the audio on the
cell phone, press b/g. The audio
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio
does not transfer to the vehicle, use
the audio transfer feature on the cell
phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for more
information.
Voice Pass-Thru
Voice pass-thru allows access to the
voice recognition commands on the
cell phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide to see if
the cell phone supports this feature.
Black plate (26,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
7-26 Infotainment System
To access contacts stored in the cell
phone:
1. Press and hold b/gfor
two seconds.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”This command
can be skipped.
3. Say “Voice.”The system
responds “OK, accessing
<phone name>.”
The cell phone's normal prompt
messages will go through their cycle
according to the phone's operating
instructions.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
(DTMF) Tones
The Bluetooth system can send
numbers and the numbers stored as
name tags during a call. You can
use this feature when calling a
menu-driven phone system.
Account numbers can also be
stored for use.
Sending a Number or Name Tag
During a Call
1. Press b/g. The system
responds “Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Dial.”
3. Say the number or name tag
to send.
Clearing the System
Unless information is deleted out of
the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
will be retained indefinitely. This
includes all saved name tags in the
phone book and phone pairing
information. For information on how
to delete this information, see the
previous section “Deleting a Paired
Phone”and the previous sections
on deleting name tags.
Other Information
The Bluetooth
®
word mark and
logos are owned by the Bluetooth
®
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
by General Motors is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-15.
Black plate (1,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter ......................... 8-5
Climate Control Systems
This vehicle may have a dual or single climate control system. The heating,
cooling, defrost, defog and ventilation can be controlled with this system.
If equipped with heated seats, see Heated Front Seats on page 3-6.
Dual Zone with Optional Heated Seat Controls
1. Fan Control
2. Outside Air
3. Recirculation
4. Air Delivery Mode Control
5. Air Conditioning
6. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats (If Equipped)
7. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls
8. Rear Window Defogger
Black plate (2,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
8-2 Climate Controls
Single Zone
1. Fan Control
2. Outside Air
3. Temperature Control
4. Recirculation
5. Air Delivery Mode Control
6. Air Conditioning
7. Rear Window Defogger
Temperature Control: For dual
zone, turn the thumbwheels up or
down to increase or decrease the
temperature on the driver or the
passenger side of the vehicle. For
single zone, turn the knob clockwise
or counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the temperature.
9(Fan Control): Turn clockwise
or counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. Positioning
the knob between two modes can
select a combination of those
modes.
If the airflow seems low when the
fan is at the highest setting, the
passenger compartment air filter
may need to be replaced. There will
be some airflow noticeable from the
various outlets when driving, even
with the fan in the off position. For
more information, see Passenger
Compartment Air Filter on page 8-5
and Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2.
Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn
clockwise or counterclockwise to
change the direction of the airflow
inside the vehicle.
To change the current mode, select
one of the following:
H(Vent): Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.
)(Bi-Level): Air is divided
between the instrument panel
outlets and the floor outlets.
6(Floor): Air is directed to the
floor outlets, with some of the air
directed to the windshield and side
window outlets. In this mode, the
system automatically selects
outside air.
Black plate (3,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Climate Controls 8-3
-(Defog): This mode clears the
windshield of fog or moisture. Air is
directed equally to the windshield
and the floor outlets. When defog is
selected, the system turns off
recirculation and runs the air
conditioning compressor unless the
outside temperature is below 4°C
(40°F).
0(Defrost): This mode clears the
windshield of fog or frost more
quickly. Air is directed to the
windshield with some air to the side
window vents and the floor vents.
When defrost is selected, the
system automatically forces outside
air into the vehicle. The air
conditioning compressor will run
automatically in this setting, unless
the outside temperature is below
4°C (40°F).
#(Air Conditioning): Press to
turn the air conditioning system on
or off. An indicator light comes on to
show that it is on. The air
conditioning can be selected in any
mode as long as the fan is on and
the outside temperature is above
freezing. A flashing indicator light
indicates that the air conditioning
compressor is currently not
available.
On hot days, open the windows to
let hot inside air escape; then close
them. This helps to reduce the time
it takes for the vehicle to cool down.
It also helps the system to operate
more efficiently.
For quick cool down on hot days, do
the following:
1. Select the Hmode.
2. Press the #button.
3. Select the coolest temperature
for both zones.
4. Select the highest 9speed.
5. When the coolest temperature is
selected in the A/C mode, the
system automatically goes into
the recirculation mode to
improve cooling.
Using these settings together for
long periods of time may cause the
air inside the vehicle to become too
dry. To prevent this from happening,
after the air inside the vehicle has
cooled, turn the recirculation
mode off.
The air conditioning system
removes moisture from the air, so a
small amount of water may drip
under the vehicle while idling or
after turning off the engine. This is
normal.
%(Outside Air): Press to turn
on outside air. An indicator light
comes on to show that it is on.
Outside air will circulate throughout
the vehicle.
/(Recirculation): Press to
turn on the recirculation mode. An
indicator light comes on to show
that it is on.
Black plate (4,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
8-4 Climate Controls
This mode helps to quickly heat or
cool the air inside the vehicle once
the temperature inside the vehicle is
equal to or better than the outside
temperature. It can be used to
prevent outside air and odors from
entering the vehicle. The
recirculation mode is not available in
outside air, floor, defog, or defrost
modes. If the button is selected
while in these modes, the indicator
flashes three times.
Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger uses a
warming grid to remove fog from the
rear window.
1(Rear Window Defogger): The
rear window defogger turns off
automatically after it has been
activated for 10 minutes. It can be
turned off manually, by pressing the
button again or by turning the
ignition to the LOCK/OFF position.
The rear window defogger can be
turned on again for additional
window clearing. The length of
defogger operation will increase if
the vehicle is being driven.
If equipped with heated outside
rearview mirrors, the mirrors heat to
help clear fog or frost from the
surface of the mirror when the rear
window defog button is pressed.
See Power Mirrors on page 2-14.
Do not drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear.
{Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object on the inside rear window
can damage the antenna or
defogger. Repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Do not stick anything to the rear
window.
Air Vents
Use the thumbwheel located below
or to the side of the outlet, to
change the direction of the air flow.
Operation Tips
.Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from the air inlets at
the base of the windshield that
may block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
.Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors may adversely affect
the performance of the system.
.Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside the
vehicle more effectively.
Black plate (5,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Climate Controls 8-5
.If the airflow seems low when
the fan is at the highest setting,
the passenger compartment air
filter, if equipped, may need to
replaced. For more information,
see Passenger Compartment Air
Filter on page 8-5 and
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2.
.If fogging reoccurs while in vent
or bi-level modes with mild
temperature throughout the
vehicle, turn on the air
conditioner to reduce windshield
fogging.
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The filter removes dust, pollen, and
other airborne irritants from outside
air that is pulled into the vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2.
See your dealer regarding
replacement of the filter.
Black plate (6,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
8-6 Climate Controls
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and
Operating
Driving Information
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-6
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-14
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Running the Vehicle While
Parked ..................... 9-22
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-22
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . 9-32
California Fuel
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-32
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Towing
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
Black plate (2,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-2 Driving and Operating
Driving Information
Distracted Driving
Distraction comes in many forms
and can take your focus from the
task of driving. Exercise good
judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention away
from the road. Many local
governments have enacted laws
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in
your area.
To avoid distracted driving, always
keep your eyes on the road, hands
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
.Do not use a phone in
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary
phone calls.
.Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
.Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
.Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
stations and adjusting climate
control and seat settings.
Program all trip information into
any navigation device prior to
driving.
.Wait until the vehicle is parked
to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.
.Stop or park the vehicle to tend
to children.
.Keep pets in an appropriate
carrier or restraint.
.Avoid stressful conversations
while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone.
{Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that
system and the navigation system,
if equipped, including pairing and
using a cell phone.
Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.”The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on
page 3-9.
.Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
other drivers) are going to be
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready.
Black plate (3,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-3
.Allow enough following distance
between you and the driver in
front of you.
.Focus on the task of driving.
Drunk Driving
Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.
{Warning
Drinking and then driving is very
dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
can have a serious —or even
fatal —collision if you drive after
drinking.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.
Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
control a vehicle while driving.
Braking
Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding to
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Average driver reaction time is
about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at
100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
include:
.Keep enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front
of you.
.Avoid needless heavy braking.
.Keep pace with traffic.
If the engine ever stops while the
vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the
brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the
engine stops, there will be some
power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied.
Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the
brake pedal will be harder to push.
Steering
Hydraulic Power Steering
This vehicle has hydraulic power
steering. It may require
maintenance. See Power Steering
Fluid on page 10-16.
If power steering assist is lost
because the engine stops or
because of a system malfunction,
the vehicle can be steered but may
require increased effort. See your
dealer if there is a problem.
Black plate (4,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-4 Driving and Operating
{Caution
If the steering wheel is turned
until it reaches the end of its
travel, and is held in that position
for more than 15 seconds,
damage may occur to the power
steering system and there may be
loss of power steering assist.
Curve Tips
.Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
.Reduce speed before entering a
curve.
.Maintain a reasonable steady
speed through the curve.
.Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.
Steering in Emergencies
.There are some situations when
steering around a problem may
be more effective than braking.
.Holding both sides of the
steering wheel allows you to turn
180 degrees without removing
a hand.
.Antilock Brake System (ABS)
allows steering while braking.
Off-Road Recovery
The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the
pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge.
3. Turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.
Loss of Control
Skidding
There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three
control systems:
.Braking Skid —wheels are not
rolling.
Black plate (5,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-5
.Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force.
.Acceleration Skid —too much
throttle causes the driving
wheels to spin.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not
overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
.Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
The vehicle may straighten out.
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.
.Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance
can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to
recognize warning clues —such
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface —and slow
down when you have any doubt.
.Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide.
Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.
Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep‐standing or flowing water.
{Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.
Black plate (6,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-6 Driving and Operating
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
.Allow extra following distance.
.Pass with caution.
.Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.
.Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.
.Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires on
page 10-32.
.Turn off cruise control.
Highway Hypnosis
Always be alert and pay attention to
your surroundings while driving.
If you become tired or sleepy, find a
safe place to park the vehicle
and rest.
Other driving tips include:
.Keep the vehicle well ventilated.
.Keep the interior
temperature cool.
.Keep your eyes moving —scan
the road ahead and to the sides.
.Check the rearview mirror and
vehicle instruments often.
Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for
driving in these conditions include:
.Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
.Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
transmission.
.Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.
{Warning
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope
can cause brake overheating, can
reduce brake performance, and
could result in a loss of braking.
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.
Black plate (7,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-7
{Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. This can cause
overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering. Always have the
engine running and the vehicle
in gear.
.Stay in your own lane. Do not
swing wide or cut across the
center of the road. Drive at
speeds that let you stay in your
own lane.
.Be alert on top of hills;
something could be in your lane
(stalled car, accident).
.Pay attention to special road
signs (falling rocks area, winding
roads, long grades, passing or
no-passing zones) and take
appropriate action.
Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Drive carefully when there is snow
or ice between the tires and the
road, creating less traction or grip.
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C (32°
F) when freezing rain begins to fall,
resulting in even less traction. Avoid
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
until roads can be treated with salt
or sand.
Drive with caution, whatever the
condition. Accelerate gently so
traction is not lost. Accelerating too
quickly causes the wheels to spin
and makes the surface under the
tires slick, so there is even less
traction.
Try not to break the fragile traction.
If you accelerate too fast, the drive
wheels will spin and polish the
surface under the tires even more.
Traction Control should be turned
on. See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-27.
The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
improves vehicle stability during
hard stops on slippery roads, but
apply the brakes sooner than when
on dry pavement. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) on page 9-25.
Allow greater following distance on
any slippery road and watch for
slippery spots. Icy patches can
occur on otherwise clear roads in
shaded areas. The surface of a
curve or an overpass can remain icy
when the surrounding roads are
clear. Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
Turn off cruise control on slippery
surfaces.
Black plate (8,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-8 Driving and Operating
Blizzard Conditions
Being stuck in snow can be a
serious situation. Stay with the
vehicle unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use Roadside
Assistance. See Roadside
Assistance Program on page 13-5.
To get help and keep everyone in
the vehicle safe:
.Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.
{Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:
.Clear away snow from around
the base of your vehicle,
especially any that is blocking
the exhaust pipe.
.Check again from time to
time to be sure snow does
not collect there.
.Open a window about 5 cm
(2 in) on the side of the
vehicle that is away from the
wind to bring in fresh air.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
.Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
circulates the air inside the
vehicle and set the fan speed
to the highest setting. See
“Climate Control Systems”.
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9-21.
To save fuel, run the engine for only
short periods as needed to warm
the vehicle and then shut the engine
off and close the window most of
the way to save heat. Repeat this
until help arrives but only when you
feel really uncomfortable from the
cold. Moving about to keep warm
also helps.
Black plate (9,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-9
If it takes some time for help to
arrive, now and then when you run
the engine, push the accelerator
pedal slightly so the engine runs
faster than the idle speed. This
keeps the battery charged to restart
the vehicle and to signal for help
with the headlamps. Do this as little
as possible to save fuel.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
If stuck too severely for the traction
system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the
rocking method. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
on page 9-27.
{Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going
above 56 km/h (35 mph).
Rocking the Vehicle to Get
it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
system. Shift back and forth
between R (Reverse) and a low
forward gear, spinning the wheels
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator
pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the
vehicle does need to be towed out,
see Towing the Vehicle on
page 10-65.
Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how
much weight your vehicle can
carry. Two labels on your vehicle
show how much weight it may
properly carry, the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Vehicle Certification label.
Black plate (10,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-10 Driving and Operating
{Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
Tire and Loading Information
Label
Label Example
A vehicle-specific Tire and
Loading Information label is
attached to the vehicle's center
pillar (B-pillar). With the driver
door open, you will find the label
attached below the door lock
post (striker). The Tire and
Loading Information label lists
the number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum
vehicle capacity weight (2) in
kilograms and pounds. The
vehicle capacity weight includes
the weight of all occupants,
cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
The Tire and Loading
Information label also lists the
tire size of the original
equipment tires (3) and the
recommended cold tire inflation
pressures (4). For more
information on tires and inflation,
see Tires on page 10-32 and
Tire Pressure on page 10-40.
There is also important loading
information on the Certification
label. It tells you the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
and the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) for the front and
rear axle, see “Certification
Label”later in this section.
Black plate (11,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-11
“Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit–
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of
occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the "XXX"
amount equals 1400 lbs. and
there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150)
= 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, load from your trailer
will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual
to determine how this
reduces the available cargo
and luggage load capacity of
your vehicle.”
If your vehicle can tow a trailer,
see Trailer Towing on page 9-39
for important information on
towing a trailer, towing safety
rules, and trailering tips.
Example 1
1. Maximum Vehicle Capacity
Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg
(300 lbs)
3. Available Occupant and Cargo
Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs)
Black plate (12,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-12 Driving and Operating
Example 2
1. Maximum Vehicle Capacity
Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg
(750 lbs)
3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg
(250 lbs)
Example 3
1. Maximum Vehicle Capacity
Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs)
3. Available Cargo Weight =
0 kg (0 lbs)
Refer to your vehicle's Tire and
Loading Information label for
specific information about your
vehicle's maximum vehicle
capacity weight and seating
positions. The combined weight
of the driver, passengers, and
cargo should never exceed your
vehicle's maximum vehicle
capacity weight.
Certification Label
A vehicle-specific Certification
label is found on the rear edge
of the driver door.
Black plate (13,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-13
The label shows the gross
weight capacity of your vehicle,
called the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR). The GVWR
includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and
cargo.
Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle or the Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR) for either
the front or rear axle.
If there is a heavy load, it should
be spread out.
{Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
{Caution
Overloading the vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
If things like suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else are
put inside the vehicle, they will
go as fast as the vehicle goes.
If you have to stop or turn
quickly, or if there is a crash,
they will keep going.
{Warning
Things inside the vehicle can
strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
.Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as
far forward as possible.
Try to spread the weight
evenly.
(Continued)
Black plate (14,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-14 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
.Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.
.Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.
.Secure loose items in the
vehicle.
.Do not leave a seat folded
down unless needed.
Starting and
Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
{Caution
The vehicle does not need an
elaborate break-in. But it will
perform better in the long run if
you follow these guidelines:
.Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km
(500 miles). Do not make
full-throttle starts. Avoid
downshifting to brake or slow
the vehicle.
.Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 miles) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
replacement. Follow this
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.
.Do not tow a trailer during
break-in. See Trailer Towing
on page 9-39 for the trailer
towing capabilities of your
vehicle and more information.
Following break-in, engine speed
and load can be gradually
increased.
Black plate (15,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-15
Ignition Positions
The ignition switch has four different
positions.
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
must be in ON/RUN and the brake
pedal must be applied.
{Caution
Using a tool to force the key to
turn in the ignition could cause
damage to the switch or break the
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
key. Use the correct key, make
sure it is all the way in, and turn it
only with your hand. If the key
cannot be turned by hand, see
your dealer.
1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/
OFF): When the vehicle is stopped,
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/
OFF to turn the engine off. Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) on page 9-18
This position locks the ignition and
steering wheel. It also locks the
transmission. This is the only
position in which the ignition key
can be inserted or removed.
The steering can bind with the
wheels turned off center. If this
happens, move the steering wheel
from left to right while turning the
key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this
doesn't work, then the vehicle needs
service.
Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable
the airbags.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to a
safe location.
Black plate (16,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-16 Driving and Operating
3. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and turn the ignition
to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with
an automatic transmission, the
shift lever must be in P (Park) to
turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK/OFF position.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake on page 9-26
{Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
and must be shut off while driving,
turn the ignition to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
2 (ACC/ACCESSORY): This is the
position in which you can operate
the radio and windshield wipers
while the engine is off. To use ACC/
ACCESSORY, turn the key
clockwise.
3 (ON/RUN): This position can be
used to operate the electrical
accessories and to display some
instrument cluster warning and
indicator lights. This position can
also be used for service and
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction
indicator lamp as may be required
for emission inspection purposes.
The switch stays in this position
when the engine is running.
If you leave the key in the ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position
with the engine off, the battery could
be drained. You may not be able to
start the vehicle if the battery is
allowed to drain for an extended
period of time.
4 (START): This is the position that
starts the engine. When the engine
starts, release the key. The ignition
switch returns to ON/RUN for
driving.
A warning chime will sound and the
Driver Information Center (DIC) will
display DRIVER DOOR OPEN
when the driver door is opened, the
ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or
LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the
ignition. See Door Ajar Messages
on page 5-27 for more information.
Starting the Engine
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). The engine will not start
in any other position. To restart the
engine when the vehicle is already
moving, use N (Neutral) only.
{Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you
could damage the transmission.
Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Black plate (17,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-17
Starting Procedure
1. With your foot off the accelerator
pedal, turn the ignition to START.
When the engine starts, let go of
the key. The idle speed will slow
down as the engine warms. Do
not race the engine immediately
after starting it. Operate the
engine and transmission gently
to allow the oil to warm up and
lubricate all moving parts.
The vehicle has a
Computer-Controlled Cranking
System. This feature assists in
starting the engine and protects
components. If the ignition key is
turned to the START position,
and then released when the
engine begins cranking, the
engine will continue cranking for
a few seconds or until the
vehicle starts. If the engine does
not start and the key is held in
START, cranking will be stopped
after 15 seconds to prevent
cranking motor damage. To
prevent gear damage, this
system also prevents cranking if
the engine is already running.
Engine cranking can be stopped
by turning the ignition switch to
the ACC/ACCESSORY or
LOCK/OFF position.
When the Low Fuel warning
lamp is on and the FUEL LEVEL
LOW message is displayed in
the Driver Information Center
(DIC), the Computer-Controlled
Cranking System is disabled to
prevent possible vehicle
component damage. When this
happens, hold the ignition switch
in the START position to
continue engine cranking.
{Caution
Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by returning the
ignition to the START position
immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage
the cranking motor, and drain the
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start after
five to 10 seconds, especially in
very cold weather (below −18°C
or 0°F), it could be flooded with
too much gasoline. Try pushing
the accelerator pedal all the way
to the floor and holding it there
as you hold the key in START
for up to a maximum of
15 seconds. Wait at least
15 seconds between each try, to
allow the cranking motor to cool
down. When the engine starts,
let go of the key and accelerator.
If the vehicle starts briefly but
then stops again, repeat these
steps. This clears the extra
gasoline from the engine. Do not
race the engine immediately
after starting it. Operate the
Black plate (18,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-18 Driving and Operating
engine and transmission gently
until the oil warms up and
lubricates all moving parts.
{Caution
If you add electrical parts or
accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
on page 9-42.
Engine Heater
If equipped, the engine coolant
heater can provide easier starting
and better fuel economy during
engine warm-up in cold weather
conditions at or below −18°C (0°F).
Vehicles with an engine coolant
heater should be plugged in at least
four hours before starting.
To Use the Engine Heater
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
electrical cord. The cord is
attached to the diagonal brace
on the driver side of the engine
compartment.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
110-volt AC outlet.
{Warning
Plugging the cord into an
ungrounded outlet could cause an
electrical shock. Also, the wrong
kind of extension cord could
overheat and cause a fire. You
could be seriously injured. Plug
the cord into a properly grounded
three-prong 110-volt AC outlet.
If the cord will not reach, use a
heavy-duty three-prong extension
cord rated for at least 15 amps.
4. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it
away from moving engine parts,
and prevent damage.
The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
These vehicle accessories can be
used for up to 10 minutes after the
engine turned off:
.Audio System
.Power Windows
The radio will work when the key is
in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.
Once the key is turned from ON/
RUN to LOCK/OFF the radio will
continue to work 10 minutes or until
the driver door is opened. The
power windows will continue to work
for up to 10 minutes or until any
door is opened.
Black plate (19,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-19
Shifting Into Park
Steering Column Shift Lever
If the vehicle has a steering column
shift lever, use this procedure to
shift the vehicle into P (Park):
1. Hold the brake pedal down.
2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)
by pulling the shift lever toward
you and moving it up as far as it
will go.
3. With your foot still holding the
brake pedal down, set the
parking brake. See Parking
Brake on page 9-26 for more
information.
4. Turn the ignition key to
LOCK/OFF.
5. Remove the key and take it with
you. If you can leave the vehicle
with the ignition key in your
hand, the vehicle is in P (Park).
Console Shift Lever
If the vehicle is equipped with a
console shift lever, use this
procedure to shift the vehicle into
P (Park):
1. Hold the brake pedal down.
2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)
by pushing the lever all the way
toward the front of the vehicle.
3. While keeping the brake pedal
applied, set the parking brake.
See Parking Brake on page 9-26
for more information.
4. Turn the ignition key to
LOCK/OFF.
5. Remove the key and take it with
you. If you can leave the vehicle
with the ignition key in your
hand, the vehicle is in P (Park).
Leaving the Vehicle With the
Engine Running
{Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
It could overheat and catch fire.
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
page 9-19. If you are towing a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips on page 9-36.
Black plate (20,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-20 Driving and Operating
If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, be sure your
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set before
you leave it. See Parking Brake on
page 9-26 for more information.
Torque Lock
Torque lock is when the weight of
the vehicle puts too much force on
the parking pawl in the
transmission. This happens when
parking on a hill and shifting the
transmission into P (Park) is not
done properly and then it is difficult
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
torque lock, set the parking brake
and then shift into P (Park). To find
out how, see “Shifting Into Park”in
this section.
If torque lock does occur, your
vehicle may need to be pushed
uphill by another vehicle to relieve
the parking pawl pressure, so you
can shift out of P (Park).
Shifting out of Park
Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock
The vehicle has an electronic shift
lock release system. The shift lock
release is designed to:
.Prevent ignition key removal
unless the shift lever is in
P (Park).
.Prevent movement of the shift
lever out of P (Park), unless the
ignition is in ON/RUN and the
regular brake pedal is applied.
The shift lock is always functional
except in the case of a an
uncharged or low voltage (less than
9 volt) battery.
If the vehicle has an uncharged
battery or a battery with low voltage,
try charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting on
page 10-62.
Console Shift
If the console shift lever cannot be
moved out of P (Park):
1. Apply and maintain the regular
brakes.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
position. See Ignition Positions
on page 9-15 for more
information.
3. Let up on the shift lever and
make sure the shift lever is
pushed all the way into P (Park).
4. Press the shift lever button.
5. Then, move the shift into the
desired gear.
If you still cannot move the shift
lever from P (Park), consult your
dealer or a professional towing
service.
Column Shift
If the column shift lever cannot be
moved out of P (Park):
1. Apply and maintain the regular
brakes.
Black plate (21,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-21
2. Turn the ignition key to the ON/
RUN position. See Ignition
Positions on page 9-15 for more
information.
3. Shift out of the P (Park) position
to the N (Neutral) position.
4. Move the vehicle to a safe
location.
If you still cannot move the shift
lever from P (Park), consult your
dealer or a professional towing
service.
Parking over Things
That Burn
{Warning
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
Engine Exhaust
{Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
.The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation (parking
garages, tunnels, deep snow
that may block underbody
airflow or tail pipes).
.The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.
.The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
.The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged,
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not
completely sealed.
If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
.Drive it only with the windows
completely down.
.Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.
Black plate (22,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-22 Driving and Operating
Running the Vehicle
While Parked
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
If the vehicle is left with the engine
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
See Shifting Into Park on page 9-19
and Engine Exhaust on page 9-21.
If parking on a hill and pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips on page 9-36.
Automatic
Transmission
The automatic transmission has a
shift lever on the console between
the seats, or on the steering
column. Gear positions are
indicated on the instrument cluster.
P (Park): This position locks the
front wheels. It is the best position
to use when starting the engine
because the vehicle cannot move
easily.
{Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
(Continued)
Black plate (23,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-23
Warning (Continued)
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
page 9-19 and Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips
on page 9-36.
Make sure the shift lever is fully in
P (Park) before starting the engine.
The vehicle has an automatic
transmission shift lock control
system. You must fully apply the
regular brake before shifting from
P (Park) when the ignition key is in
ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out of
P (Park), ease pressure on the shift
lever, then push the shift lever all
the way into P (Park) as you
maintain brake application. Then
move the shift lever into another
gear. See Shifting out of Park on
page 9-20.
R (Reverse): Use this gear to
back up.
{Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.
To rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without
damaging the transmission, see If
the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9-9.
N (Neutral): In this position, the
engine does not connect with the
wheels. To restart the engine when
the vehicle is already moving, use
N (Neutral) only. Also, use
N (Neutral) when the vehicle is
being towed.
{Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit
people or objects. Do not shift
into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.
{Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
Black plate (24,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-24 Driving and Operating
D (Drive): This position is for
normal driving. It provides the best
fuel economy. If you need more
power for passing, and you are:
.Going less than 56 km/h
(35 mph), push the accelerator
pedal about halfway down.
.Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or
more, push the accelerator all
the way down.
{Caution
If the vehicle accelerates slowly,
or does not shift gears, the
transmission could be damaged.
Have the vehicle serviced
right away.
Downshifting the transmission in
slippery road conditions could result
in skidding, see "Skidding" under
Loss of Control on page 9-4.
L (Low): This position gives you
access to gear ranges. This
provides more engine braking but
lower fuel economy than D (Drive).
You can use it on very steep hills,
or in deep snow or mud. See the
following text on Manual Mode.
Manual Mode
Electronic Range Select
(ERS) Mode
ERS mode allows you to choose the
top-gear limit of the transmission,
which can help control the vehicle's
speed while driving downhill or
towing a trailer. The vehicle has an
electronic shift position indicator
within the instrument cluster. When
using the ERS mode a number will
display next to the L, indicating the
current range that has been
selected.
To use this feature:
1. Move the shift lever to L (Low).
2. Press the + (Plus) or −(Minus)
button located on the left side of
the steering wheel, to increase
or decrease the gear range
available.
When you shift from D (Drive) to
L (Low), the transmission will shift to
a pre-determined lower gear range.
The highest gear available for this
pre-determined range is displayed
next to the L in the DIC. The
number displayed in the DIC is the
highest gear that the transmission
will be allowed to operate in. All
gears below that number are
available. For example, when
4 (Fourth) is shown next to the L,
1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are
automatically shifted by the vehicle.
Black plate (25,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-25
The transmission will not shift into
5 (Fifth) until the + (Plus) button is
used or you shift back into D (Drive).
While in L (Low), the transmission
will prevent shifting to a lower gear
range if the engine speed is
too high.
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
This vehicle has ABS, an advanced
electronic braking system that helps
prevent a braking skid.
When the vehicle begins to drive
away, ABS checks itself.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
might be heard while this test is
going on, and it might even be
noticed that the brake pedal moves
a little. This is normal.
If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 5-19.
If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses that the wheels
are slowing down. If one of the
wheels is about to stop rolling, the
computer will separately work the
brakes at each wheel.
ABS can change the brake pressure
to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help
you steer around the obstacle while
braking hard.
As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
Black plate (26,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-26 Driving and Operating
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You might hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel
the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
normal.
Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
more than even the very best
braking.
Parking Brake
The parking brake is located to the
left of the brake pedal, near the
driver door.
To set the parking brake, hold the
brake pedal down, then push down
the parking brake pedal.
To release the parking brake, hold
the brake pedal down and push the
parking brake pedal. When you lift
your foot off the parking brake
pedal, the pedal will follow it to the
released position.
A warning chime will sound and a
brake warning light on the
instrument cluster will come on,
if the parking brake is set, the
ignition is on, and the vehicle speed
is greater than 8 km/h (5 mph).
{Caution
Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the brake system
and cause premature wear or
damage to brake system parts.
Make sure that the parking brake
is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.
If you are towing a trailer and
parking on any hill, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips on
page 9-36.
Black plate (27,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-27
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
System Operation
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) and an Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system.
These systems help limit wheel slip
and assist the driver in maintaining
control, especially on slippery road
conditions.
TCS activates if it senses that any
of the drive wheels are spinning or
beginning to lose traction. When this
happens, TCS applies the brakes to
the spinning wheels and reduces
engine power to limit wheel spin.
ESC activates when the vehicle
senses a difference between the
intended path and the direction the
vehicle is actually traveling. ESC
selectively applies braking pressure
to any one of the vehicle wheel
brakes to assist the driver in
keeping the vehicle on the
intended path.
If cruise control is being used and
TCS or ESC begins to limit wheel
spin, cruise control will disengage.
Cruise control may be turned back
on when road conditions allow.
Both systems come on
automatically when the vehicle is
started and begins to move. The
systems may be heard or felt while
they are operating or while
performing diagnostic checks. This
is normal and does not mean there
is a problem with the vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both
systems on for normal driving
conditions, but it may be necessary
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on
page 9-9 and “Turning the Systems
Off and On”later in this section.
The indicator light for both systems
is in the instrument cluster. This
light will:
.Flash when TCS is limiting
wheel spin.
.Flash when ESC is activated.
.Turn on and stay on when either
system is not working.
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), and
dcomes on and stays on to
indicate that the system is inactive
and is not assisting the driver in
maintaining control. The vehicle is
safe to drive, but driving should be
adjusted accordingly.
Black plate (28,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-28 Driving and Operating
If dcomes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
Drive the vehicle. If dcomes on
and stays on, the vehicle may need
more time to diagnose the problem.
If the condition persists, see your
dealer.
Turning the Systems Off
and On
The TCS/ESC button is on the
instrument panel.
{Caution
Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
To turn off only TCS, press and
release the Ybutton. The
appropriate DIC message displays.
To turn TCS on again, press and
release the Ybutton.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
the Ybutton is pressed, the
system will not turn off until the
wheels stop spinning.
To turn off both TCS and ESC,
press and hold the Ybutton until
the ESC Off light gcomes on and
stays on in the instrument cluster.
The appropriate DIC message
displays.
To turn TCS and ESC on again,
press and release the Ybutton.
The ESC Off light gin the
instrument cluster turn off.
Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications on
page 10-3.
Black plate (29,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-29
Cruise Control
With cruise control, you can
maintain a speed of about 40 km/h
(25 mph) or more without keeping
your foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
If the brakes are applied, the cruise
control shuts off.
{Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. Do not use the
cruise control on winding roads or
in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
This vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) and when the system
begins to limit wheel spin, the cruise
control will automatically disengage.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-27.
When road conditions allow the
cruise control to be safely used
again, it can be turned back on.
T(On/Off): Press to turn cruise
control on and off. The indicator is lit
when cruise control is on.
+RES (Resume/Accelerate):
Press briefly to make the vehicle
resume to a previously set speed,
or press and hold to accelerate.
If cruise control is already active,
use to increase vehicle speed.
SET–:Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.
[(Cancel): Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control
The cruise control light on the
instrument cluster comes on after
the cruise control has been set to
the desired speed. See Instrument
Cluster on page 5-10.
Black plate (30,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-30 Driving and Operating
If the cruise button is on when not in
use, it could get bumped and go into
cruise when not desired. Keep the
cruise control switch off when cruise
is not being used.
1. Press the Tbutton to turn the
cruise system on.
2. Get up to the desired speed.
3. Press and release the SET–
button located on the steering
wheel.
4. Remove foot from the
accelerator.
Resuming a Set Speed
If cruise control is set at a desired
speed and then the brakes are
applied, the cruise control is
disengaged without erasing the set
speed from memory.
Once the vehicle speed is 40 km/h
(25 mph) or greater, press the +RES
button on the steering wheel. The
vehicle returns to the previously
selected speed.
Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.Press and hold the +RES button
on the steering wheel until the
desired speed is reached, then
release it.
.To increase vehicle speed in
small increments, briefly press
the +RES button. Each time this
is done, the vehicle goes about
1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.
Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.Press and hold the SET–button
on the steering wheel until the
lower speed desired is reached,
then release it.
.To slow down in small
increments, briefly press the
SET–button. Each time this is
done, the vehicle goes about
1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle will slow down to the
previously set cruise speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or
shortly following the release to
override cruise control, briefly
pressing the SET–button will result
in cruise control set to the current
vehicle speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well the cruise control will work
on hills depends upon the vehicle
speed, load and the steepness of
the hills. When going up steep hills,
you might have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain your
speed. When going downhill, you
might have to brake or shift to a
Black plate (31,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-31
lower gear to keep your speed
down. If the brakes are applied the
cruise control will turn off.
Ending Cruise Control
There are three ways to end cruise
control:
.To disengage cruise control,
step lightly on the brake pedal.
.Press the [button on the
steering wheel.
.To turn off the cruise control,
press the Tbutton on the
steering wheel.
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed
memory is erased from memory by
pressing Tor if the ignition is
turned off.
Fuel
Use of the recommended fuel is an
important part of the proper
maintenance of this vehicle. When
driving in the U.S., to help keep the
engine clean and maintain optimum
vehicle performance, we
recommend using TOP TIER
Detergent Gasolines. See
www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP
TIER Detergent Gasolines.
If the vehicle has a yellow fuel cap,
E85 or FlexFuel can be used in the
vehicle. See E85 or FlexFuel on
page 9-33.
Recommended Fuel
Use regular unleaded gasoline with
a posted octane rating of 87 or
higher. If the octane rating is less
than 87, an audible knocking noise
may be heard. If this occurs, use a
gasoline rated at 87 octane or
higher as soon as possible. If heavy
knocking is heard when using
gasoline with a higher octane rating,
the engine needs service.
Use of Seasonal Fuels
Use summer and winter fuels in the
appropriate season. Driving or
starting could be affected if the
incorrect fuel is used. Drive the
vehicle with the engine running until
the fuel is a half tank or less, then
refuel with the current seasonal fuel.
Black plate (32,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-32 Driving and Operating
Prohibited Fuels
Gasolines containing oxygenates,
such as ethers and ethanol, as well
as reformulated gasolines are
available in some cities. If these
gasolines comply with the
previously described specification,
then they are acceptable to use.
However, E85 and other fuels
containing more than 15% ethanol
must be used only in FlexFuel
vehicles.
{Caution
Do not use fuel containing
methanol. It can corrode metal
parts in the fuel system and also
damage plastic and rubber parts.
That damage would not be
covered under the vehicle
warranty.
Some gasolines that are not
reformulated for low emissions can
contain an octane-enhancing
additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use
gasolines with MMT as they can
reduce spark plug life and affect
emission control system
performance. The malfunction
indicator lamp may turn on. If this
occurs, see your dealer for service.
Gasoline Specifications
At a minimum, gasoline should meet
ASTM specification D 4814. Some
gasolines contain an
octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend
against the use of gasolines
containing MMT. See “Prohibited
Fuels" in Recommended Fuel on
page 9-31.
California Fuel
Requirements
If the vehicle is certified to meet
California Emissions Standards, it is
designed to operate on fuels that
meet California specifications. See
the underhood emission control
label. If this fuel is not available in
states adopting California Emissions
Standards, the vehicle will operate
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
federal specifications, but emission
control system performance might
be affected. The malfunction
indicator lamp could turn on and the
vehicle may not pass a smog-check
test. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp on page 5-15. If this occurs,
return to your authorized dealer for
diagnosis. If it is determined that the
condition is caused by the type of
fuel used, repairs may not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Fuels in Foreign
Countries
If planning to drive in countries
outside the U.S. or Canada, the
proper fuel might be hard to find.
Check regional auto club or fuel
retail brand websites for availability
in the country where driving. Never
use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
methanol, or any other fuel not
Black plate (33,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-33
recommended. Costly repairs
caused by use of improper fuel
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Fuel Additives
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline is
recommended. See Fuel on
page 9-31.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
not available, one bottle of Fuel
System Treatment PLUS, part
number 88861013, added to the fuel
tank at every engine oil change, can
help. Fuel System Treatment PLUS
is the only gasoline additive
recommended by General Motors.
It is available at your dealer.
Do not use additives with E85 or
FlexFuel.
E85 or FlexFuel
Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can
use either unleaded gasoline or fuel
containing up to 85% ethanol (E85).
All other vehicles should use only
the unleaded gasoline as described
in Recommended Fuel on
page 9-31.
The use of E85 or FlexFuel is
encouraged when the vehicle is
designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel
is made from renewable sources.
To help locate fuel stations that
carry E85 or FlexFuel, the U.S.
Department of Energy has an
alternative fuel website. See
www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/
stations.
E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM
Specification D 5798 or CAN/
CGSB–3.512 in Canada. Do not use
the fuel if the ethanol content is
greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures that
do not meet ASTM or CGSB
specifications can affect driveability
and could cause the malfunction
indicator lamp to come on.
The starting characteristics of E85
or FlexFuel make it unsuitable for
use when temperatures fall below
−18°C (0°F). Use gasoline or add
gasoline to the E85 or FlexFuel.
Because E85 or FlexFuel has less
energy per liter (gallon) than
gasoline, the vehicle will need to be
refilled more often. See Filling the
Tank on page 9-34.
{Caution
Some additives are not
compatible with E85 or FlexFuel
and can harm the vehicle's fuel
system. Do not add anything to
E85 or FlexFuel. Damage caused
by additives would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Black plate (34,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-34 Driving and Operating
{Caution
Do not use fuel containing
methanol. It can corrode metal
parts in the fuel system and also
damage plastic and rubber parts.
That damage would not be
covered under the vehicle
warranty.
Filling the Tank
{Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
violently and can cause injury or
death.
.To help avoid injuries to you
and others, read and follow
all the instructions on the fuel
pump island.
.Turn off the engine when
refueling.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
.Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.
.Do not reenter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.
.Keep children away from the
fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
.Fuel can spray out if the fuel
cap is opened too quickly.
This spray can happen if the
tank is nearly full, and is
more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly and
wait for any hiss noise to stop
then unscrew the cap all
the way.
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel
door on the driver side of the
vehicle. If the vehicle has E85 fuel
capability, the fuel cap will be yellow
and state that E85 or gasoline can
be used. See E85 or FlexFuel on
page 9-33.
To remove the fuel cap, turn it
slowly counterclockwise.
While refueling, hang the fuel cap
on the hook on the inside of the
fuel door.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not
top off or overfill the tank and wait a
few seconds after you have finished
Black plate (35,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-35
pumping before removing the
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care on page 10-67.
When replacing the fuel cap, turn it
clockwise until it clicks. Make sure
the cap is fully installed. The
diagnostic system can determine if
the fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. This would
allow fuel to evaporate into the
atmosphere. See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on page 5-15.
The TIGHTEN GAS CAP message
displays on the Driver Information
Center (DIC) if the fuel cap is not
properly installed. See Fuel System
Messages on page 5-29.
{Warning
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
{Caution
If a new fuel cap is needed, be
sure to get the right type of cap
from your dealer. The wrong type
of fuel cap might not fit properly,
might cause the malfunction
indicator lamp to light, and could
damage the fuel tank and
emissions system. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 5-15.
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container
{Warning
Filling a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle can cause
fuel vapors that can ignite either
by static electricity or other
means. You or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. Always:
.Use approved fuel
containers.
.Remove the container from
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
bed before filling.
.Place the container on the
ground.
.Place the nozzle inside the fill
opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and
(Continued)
Black plate (36,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-36 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
keep it in contact with the fill
opening until filling is
complete.
.Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for
expansion.
.Do not smoke, light matches,
or use lighters while
pumping fuel.
.Avoid using cell phones or
other electronic devices.
Towing
General Towing
Information
Only use towing equipment that has
been designed for the vehicle.
Contact your dealer or trailering
dealer for assistance with preparing
the vehicle for towing a trailer.
See the following trailer towing
information in this section:
.For information on driving while
towing a trailer, see “Driving
Characteristics and
Towing Tips.”
.For maximum vehicle and trailer
weights, see “Trailer Towing.”
.For information on equipment to
tow a trailer, see “Towing
Equipment.”
For information on towing a disabled
vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on
page 10-65. For information on
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing on
page 10-65.
Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips
Driving with a Trailer
When towing a trailer:
.Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply
specifically to trailer towing.
.Do not tow a trailer during the
first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent
damage to the engine, axle or
other parts.
.Then, during the first 800 km
(500 mi) trailer towing, do not
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
do not make starts at full throttle.
Black plate (37,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-37
.The vehicle can tow in D (Drive)
but M (Manual Mode) is
recommended. See Manual
Mode on page 9-24. Use a lower
gear if the transmission shifts
too often.
.Turn off Park Assist when
towing.
{Warning
When towing a trailer, exhaust
gases may collect at the rear of
the vehicle and enter if the
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
window is open.
When towing a trailer:
.Do not drive with the liftgate,
trunk/hatch, or rear-most
window open.
.Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.Also adjust the Climate
Control system to a setting
that brings in only outside air.
See “Climate Control
Systems”in the Index.
For more information about
Carbon Monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9-21.
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. The
combination you are driving is
longer and not as responsive as the
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
the handling and braking of the rig
before setting out for the open road.
Before starting, check all trailer hitch
parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
tires and mirrors. If the trailer has
electric brakes, start the
combination moving and then apply
the trailer brake controller by hand
to be sure the brakes work.
During the trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure
and the lamps and any trailer
brakes still work.
Towing with a Stability Control
System
When towing, the sound of the
stability control system might be
heard. The system is reacting to the
vehicle movement caused by the
trailer, which mainly occurs during
cornering. This is normal when
towing heavier trailers.
Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving the vehicle without a trailer.
This can help to avoid situations
that require heavy braking and
sudden turns.
Black plate (38,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-38 Driving and Operating
Passing
More passing distance is needed
when towing a trailer. Because the
rig is longer, it is necessary to go
farther beyond the passed vehicle
before returning to the lane.
Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. To move the
trailer to the left, move your hand to
the left. To move the trailer to the
right, move your hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and,
if possible, have someone
guide you.
Making Turns
{Caution
Making very sharp turns while
trailering could cause the trailer to
come in contact with the vehicle.
The vehicle could be damaged.
Avoid making very sharp turns
while trailering.
When turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal so the
trailer will not strike soft shoulders,
curbs, road signs, trees or other
objects. Use the turn signal well in
advance and avoid jerky or sudden
maneuvers.
Turn Signals When Towing a
Trailer
The turn signal indicators on the
instrument cluster flash whenever
signaling a turn or lane change.
Properly hooked up, the trailer
lamps also flash, telling other
drivers the vehicle is turning,
changing lanes or stopping.
When towing a trailer, the arrows on
the instrument cluster flash for turns
even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. Check occasionally to
be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working.
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before starting down a long or
steep downgrade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the
brakes might have to be used so
much that they would get hot and no
longer work well.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
Use a lower gear if the transmission
shifts too often.
When towing at high altitude on
steep uphill grades, engine coolant
boils at a lower temperature than at
normal altitudes. If the engine is
turned off immediately after towing
at high altitude on steep uphill
grades, the vehicle could show
signs similar to engine overheating.
To avoid this, let the engine run
while parked, preferably on level
ground, with the transmission in
P (Park) for a few minutes before
turning the engine off. If the
overheat warning comes on, see
Engine Overheating on page 10-14.
Black plate (39,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-39
Parking on Hills
{Warning
Parking the vehicle on a hill with
the trailer attached can be
dangerous. If something goes
wrong, the rig could start to move.
People can be injured, and both
the vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged. When possible, always
park the rig on a flat surface.
If parking the rig on a hill:
1. Press the brake pedal, but do
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
the wheels into the curb if facing
downhill or into traffic if facing
uphill.
2. Have someone place chocks
under the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in
place, release the brake pedal
until the chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and shift
into P (Park).
5. Release the brake pedal.
Leaving After Parking on a Hill
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
while you:
.Start the engine.
.Shift into a gear.
.Release the parking brake.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up
and store the chocks.
Maintenance When Trailer
Towing
The vehicle needs service more
often when pulling a trailer. See the
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2. Things that are
especially important in trailer
operation are automatic
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
lubricant, belts, cooling system and
brake system. Inspect these before
and during the trip.
Check periodically to see that all
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
Engine Cooling When Trailer
Towing
The cooling system may temporarily
overheat during severe operating
conditions. See Engine Overheating
on page 10-14.
Trailer Towing
Before pulling a trailer, three
important considerations have to do
with weight:
.Weight of the trailer.
.Weight of the trailer tongue.
.Total weight on your vehicle's
tires.
Black plate (40,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-40 Driving and Operating
Weight of the Trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
It should never weigh more than
454 kg (1,000 lb). But even that can
be too heavy.
It depends on how the rig is used.
For example, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature, and
how much the vehicle is used to pull
a trailer are all important. It can
depend on any special equipment
on the vehicle, and the amount of
tongue weight the vehicle can carry.
See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”
later in this section.
Maximum trailer weight is calculated
assuming only the driver is in the
tow vehicle and it has all the
required trailering equipment. The
weight of additional optional
equipment, passengers, and cargo
in the tow vehicle must be
subtracted from the maximum trailer
weight.
Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice, or write us at
our Customer Assistance Offices.
See Customer Assistance Offices
on page 13-3.
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
an important weight to measure
because it affects the total gross
weight of the vehicle. The Gross
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the
curb weight of the vehicle, any
cargo carried in it, and the people
who will be riding in the vehicle.
If there are a lot of options,
equipment, passengers, or cargo in
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
weight the vehicle can carry, which
will also reduce the trailer weight the
vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
the tongue load must be added to
the GVW because the vehicle will
be carrying that weight, too. See
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9.
The trailer tongue (1) should weigh
10 percent of the total loaded trailer
weight (2).
After loading the trailer, weigh the
trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they are not, adjustments
might be made by moving some
items around in the trailer.
Black plate (41,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Driving and Operating 9-41
Total Weight on Your Vehicle's
Tires
Be sure the vehicle's tires are
inflated to the upper limit for cold
tires. These numbers can be found
on the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-9. Make sure not to go over
the GVW limit for the vehicle,
including the weight of the trailer
tongue.
Towing Equipment
Hitches
Use the correct hitch equipment.
See your dealer or a hitch dealer for
assistance.
.The rear bumper on the vehicle
is not intended for hitches. Do
not attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to it. Use
only a frame-mounted hitch that
does not attach to the bumper.
.Will any holes be made in the
body of the vehicle when the
trailer hitch is installed? If so,
seal the holes when the hitch is
removed. If the holes are not
sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
carbon monoxide (CO) from the
exhaust can get into the vehicle.
See Engine Exhaust on
page 9-21.
Safety Chains
Always attach chains between the
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue
from contacting the road if it
becomes separated from the hitch.
Leave enough slack so the rig can
turn. Never allow safety chains to
drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
Does the trailer have its own
brakes? Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the trailer brakes
so they are installed, adjusted, and
maintained properly.
Because the vehicle has antilock
brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's
brake system. If this is done, both
brake systems will not work well,
or at all.
Black plate (42,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
9-42 Driving and Operating
Conversions and
Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment
{Caution
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
warranty. Always check with your
dealer before adding electrical
equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3-28 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3-29.
Black plate (1,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-1
Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 10-8
Automatic Transmission
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-10
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-14
Overheated Engine
Protection
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . 10-16
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-21
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check ..................... 10-21
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check ..................... 10-21
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-22
Wiper Blade
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
and Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . 10-26
License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-27
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Electrical System
Electrical System
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-34
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Black plate (2,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-2 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-51
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-61
Jump Starting
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Towing
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75
General Information
For service and parts needs, visit
your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.
Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:
California Proposition
65 Warning
Most motor vehicles, including this
one, contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to
Black plate (3,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-3
cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. Engine
exhaust, many parts and systems,
many fluids, and some component
wear by-products contain and/or
emit these chemicals.
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements
Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
Accessories and
Modifications
Adding non‐dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance and
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non‐GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
dealer to accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3-29.
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work
eAssist Vehicles Only
{Warning
Never try to do your own service
on eAssist components. You can
be injured and the vehicle can be
damaged if you try to do your own
service work. Service and repair
of these eAssist components
should only be performed by a
trained service technician with the
proper knowledge and tools.
Black plate (4,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-4 Vehicle Care
All Vehicles
{Warning
It can be dangerous to work on
your vehicle if you do not have
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always
follow owner manual procedures
and consult the service manual
for your vehicle before doing any
service work.
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
on page 13-11.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Airbag System
Check on page 3-29.
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records on
page 11-14.
{Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
Hood
To open the hood, do the following:
1. Pull the interior hood release
handle with this symbol on it.
It is located to the left of the
parking brake pedal.
2. Then go to the front of the
vehicle and release the
secondary hood latch, located
near the center of the hood front,
by pushing the latch to the right.
3. Lift the hood.
Before closing the hood, be sure all
the filler caps are on properly. Then
pull the hood down and close it
firmly.
Black plate (5,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-5
Engine Compartment Overview
Black plate (6,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-6 Vehicle Care
1. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-17.
2. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block on page 10-28.
3. Battery on page 10-20.
4. Power Steering Reservoir and
Cap. See Power Steering Fluid
on page 10-16.
5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine
Oil on page 10-6.
6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine
Oil on page 10-6.
7. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of
View. See Cooling System on
page 10-11.
8. Transmission Fluid Cap. See
Automatic Transmission Fluid on
page 10-9.
9. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brakes on page 10-18.
10. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10-10.
11. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant on page 10-12.
Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful
attention must be paid to engine oil.
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
your investment:
.Always use engine oil approved
to the proper specification and of
the proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section.
.Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil”and “When to Add
Engine Oil”in this section.
.Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System on page 10-8.
.Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil”in this section.
Checking Engine Oil
It is a good idea to check the engine
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
get an accurate reading, the vehicle
must be on level ground. The
engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-5 for the location of the
engine oil dipstick.
Obtaining an accurate oil level
reading is essential:
1. If the engine has been running
recently, turn off the engine and
allow several minutes for the oil
to drain back into the oil pan.
Checking the oil level too soon
after engine shutoff will not
provide an accurate oil level
reading.
Black plate (7,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-7
{Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle
may be hot; it could burn you.
Use a towel or glove to touch the
dipstick handle.
2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it
with a paper towel or cloth, then
push it back in all the way.
Remove it again, keeping the tip
down, and check the level.
When to Add Engine Oil
If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick, add
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil
and then recheck the level. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil ”in
this section for an explanation of
what kind of oil to use. For engine
oil crankcase capacity, see
Capacities and Specifications on
page 12-2.
{Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that you
have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine
has so much oil that the oil level
gets above the upper mark that
shows the proper operating
range, the engine could be
damaged. You should drain out
the excess oil or limit driving of
the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-5 for the location of the
engine oil fill cap.
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12.
Specification
Use and ask for licensed engine oils
with the dexos1
®
approved
certification mark. Engine oils
meeting the requirements for the
vehicle should have the dexos1
approved certification mark. This
certification mark indicates that the
oil has been approved to the dexos1
specification.
Black plate (8,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-8 Vehicle Care
{Caution
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil can result in engine
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Check with your
dealer or service provider on
whether the oil is approved to the
dexos1 specification.
Viscosity Grade
SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity
grade for the vehicle. Do not use
other viscosity grade oils such as
SAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50.
Cold Temperature Operation: In an
area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29°C
(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be
used. An oil of this viscosity grade
will provide easier cold starting for
the engine at extremely low
temperatures. When selecting an oil
of the appropriate viscosity grade,
always select an oil of the correct
specification. See “Specification”
earlier in this section for more
information.
Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils with the dexos
specification and displaying the
dexos certification mark are all that
is needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
trash or pouring it on the ground,
into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
it to a place that collects used oil.
Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
include engine revolutions, engine
temperature, and miles driven.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably. For
Black plate (9,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-9
the oil life system to work properly,
the system must be reset every time
the oil is changed.
When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished, it
indicates that an oil change is
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes on. See
Engine Oil Messages on page 5-29.
Change the oil as soon as possible
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
It is possible that, if driving under
the best conditions, the oil life
system might indicate that an oil
change is not necessary for up to a
year. The engine oil and filter must
be changed at least once a year
and, at this time, the system must
be reset. Your dealer has trained
service people who will perform this
work and reset the system. It is also
important to check the oil regularly
over the course of an oil drain
interval and keep it at the proper
level.
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.
How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. Always reset the
engine oil life to 100% after every oil
change. It will not reset itself. To
reset the system:
1. Using the DIC, display OIL LIFE
REMAINING. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-23.
2. Press and hold the Set/Reset
button on the DIC for more than
five seconds. The oil life will
change to 100%.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message comes back on when the
vehicle is started, the engine oil life
system has not reset. Repeat the
procedure.
Automatic Transmission
Fluid
How to Check Automatic
Transmission Fluid
It is not necessary to check the
transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to your
dealer and have it repaired as soon
as possible.
There is a special procedure for
checking and changing the
transmission fluid. Because this
procedure is difficult, you should
have this done at your dealer.
Contact your dealer for additional
information or the procedure can be
found in the service manual. To
purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering
Information on page 13-11
Black plate (10,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-10 Vehicle Care
Change the fluid and filter at the
intervals listed in Maintenance
Schedule on page 11-2, and be sure
to use the fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
The engine air cleaner/filter is
located in the engine compartment
on the driver side of the vehicle.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-5 for more information
on location.
When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Inspect or replace the air cleaner/
filter at the scheduled maintenance
intervals. See Maintenance
Schedule on page 11-2. If driving in
dusty or dirty conditions, inspect the
filter at each engine oil change.
How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
remove the filter from the vehicle
and lightly shake the filter to release
loose dust and dirt. If the filter
remains covered with dirt, a new
filter is required.
To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter:
1. Unfasten the clips on top of the
engine air cleaner/filter housing.
2. Lift the filter cover housing away
from the engine.
3. Pull out the filter.
4. Inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter.
5. Lower the filter cover housing
toward the engine.
6. Fasten the clips on the top of the
housing to lock the cover in
place.
{Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
Black plate (11,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-11
{Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when you are driving.
Cooling System
The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.
When it is safe to lift the hood:
1. Engine Cooling Fans (Out
of View)
2. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
{Warning
An electric engine cooling fan
under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.
{Warning
Heater and radiator hoses, and
other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before you drive the vehicle.
Black plate (12,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-12 Vehicle Care
{Caution
Using coolant other than
DEX-COOL
®
can cause
premature engine, heater core,
or radiator corrosion. In addition,
the engine coolant could require
changing sooner. Any repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
in the vehicle.
Engine Coolant
The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL
®
engine
coolant mixture. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-12
and Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2.
The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating on
page 10-14.
What to Use
{Warning
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
could catch fire and you or others
could be burned. Depending on
the engine, use a 50/50 mixture
of deionized water or clean,
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant.
Use a 50/50 mixture of deionized
water or clean, drinkable water and
DEX-COOL coolant. If using this
mixture, nothing else needs to be
added.
This mixture:
.Gives freezing protection down
to −37°C (−34°F), outside
temperature.
.Gives boiling protection up to
129°C (265°F), engine
temperature.
.Protects against rust and
corrosion.
.Will not damage aluminum parts.
.Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.
{Caution
If improper coolant mixture,
inhibitors, or additives are used in
the vehicle cooling system, the
engine could overheat and be
damaged. Too much water in the
mixture can freeze and crack
engine cooling parts. The repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Use only the
(Continued)
Black plate (13,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-13
Caution (Continued)
proper mixture of engine coolant
for the cooling system. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12.
Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, pouring it on
the ground, or into sewers, streams,
or bodies of water. Have the coolant
changed by an authorized service
center, familiar with legal
requirements regarding used
coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.
Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.
Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, do not do anything else until
it cools down.
If coolant is visible but the coolant
level is not at or above the mark
pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of
clean drinkable water and
DEX-COOL coolant.
Be sure the cooling system is cool
before this is done.
If no coolant is visible in the coolant
surge tank, add coolant as follows:
How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Surge Tank
{Warning
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.
{Caution
This vehicle has a specific
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
follow this procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and be
severely damaged.
{Warning
An electric engine cooling fan
under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.
Black plate (14,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-14 Vehicle Care
{Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. They are
under pressure, and if you turn
the surge tank pressure
cap —even a little —they can
come out at high speed. Never
turn the cap when the cooling
system, including the surge tank
pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the
cooling system and surge tank
pressure cap to cool if you ever
have to turn the pressure cap.
The coolant surge tank pressure
cap can be removed when the
cooling system, including the surge
tank pressure cap and upper
radiator hose, is no longer hot.
1. Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise. If a hiss is
heard, wait for that to stop.
A hiss means there is still some
pressure left.
2. Keep turning the cap and
remove it.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper mixture to the mark
pointed to on the front of the
coolant surge tank.
4. With the coolant surge tank cap
off, start the engine and let it run
until the upper radiator hose
starts getting hot. Watch out for
the engine cooling fans. By this
time, the coolant level inside the
coolant surge tank may be
lower. If the level is lower, add
more of the proper mixture to the
coolant surge tank until the level
reaches the mark pointed to on
the front of the coolant
surge tank.
5. Replace the cap tightly.
{Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly
installed, coolant loss and
possible engine damage may
occur. Be sure the cap is properly
and tightly secured.
Engine Overheating
There is a coolant temperature
gauge and a engine coolant
temperature warning light on the
instrument panel cluster that
indicate an overheated engine
condition. See Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge on page 5-12
and Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light on page 5-20.
Black plate (15,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-15
If the decision is made not to lift the
hood when this warning appears,
get service help right away. See
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13-5.
If the decision is made to lift the
hood, make sure the vehicle is
parked on a level surface.
Then check to see if the engine
cooling fans are running. If the
engine is overheating, the fans
should be running. If not, do not
continue to run the engine and have
the vehicle serviced.
{Caution
Running the engine without
coolant may cause damage or a
fire. Vehicle damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
If Steam Is Coming from the
Engine Compartment
See Overheated Engine Protection
Operating Mode on page 10-16 for
information on driving to a safe
place in an emergency.
If No Steam Is Coming from
the Engine Compartment
If an engine overheat warning is
displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem might not be
too serious. Sometimes the engine
can get a little too hot when the
vehicle:
.Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
.Stops after high-speed driving.
.Idles for long periods in traffic.
.Tows a trailer.
If the overheat warning displays with
no sign of steam:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
2. Turn the heater on to the highest
temperature and to the highest
fan speed. Open the windows as
necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral), and let the
engine idle.
If the temperature overheat gauge is
no longer in the overheat zone or an
engine coolant temperature warning
light no longer displays, the vehicle
can be driven. Continue to drive the
vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes.
Keep a safe vehicle distance from
the vehicle in front. If the warning
does not come back on, continue to
drive normally and have the cooling
system checked for proper fill and
function.
If the warning continues, pull over,
stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
Black plate (16,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-16 Vehicle Care
If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine for three minutes while
parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down. Also, see Overheated
Engine Protection Operating Mode
on page 10-16.
Overheated Engine
Protection
Operating Mode
This emergency operating mode
allows the vehicle to be driven to a
safe place in an emergency
situation. If an overheated engine
condition exists, an overheat
protection mode, which alternates
firing groups of cylinders, helps
prevent engine damage. In this
mode, there is significant loss in
power and engine performance.
The engine coolant temperature
warning light comes on in the
instrument cluster, to indicate the
vehicle has entered overheated
engine protection operating mode.
The temperature gauge also
indicates an overheat condition
exists. Driving extended distances
and/or towing a trailer in the
overheat protection mode should be
avoided.
Power Steering Fluid
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-5 for information on the
location of the power steering fluid
reservoir.
When to Check Power Steering
Fluid
It is not necessary to regularly
check power steering fluid unless a
leak is suspected in the system or
an unusual noise is heard. A fluid
loss in this system could indicate a
problem. Have the system inspected
and repaired.
How to Check Power Steering
Fluid
Check the level after the vehicle has
been driven for at least 20 minutes
so the fluid is warm.
To check the power steering fluid:
1. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF
and let the engine compartment
cool down.
2. Wipe the cap and the top of the
reservoir clean.
3. Unscrew the cap and pull it
straight up.
4. Wipe the dipstick with a
clean rag.
5. Replace the cap and completely
tighten it.
6. Remove the cap again and look
at the fluid level on the dipstick.
Black plate (17,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-17
When the engine is hot, the level
should be at the hot MAX level.
When the engine is cold, the fluid
level should be between MIN and
MAX on the dipstick.
What to Use
To determine what kind of fluid to
use, see Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12. Always
use the proper fluid.
Washer Fluid
What to Use
When windshield washer fluid is
needed, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before
use. If operating the vehicle in an
area where the temperature may fall
below freezing, use a fluid that has
sufficient protection against
freezing.
Adding Washer Fluid
Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
the tank is full. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10-5 for reservoir location.
{Caution
.Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the windshield
washer. It can damage the
windshield washer system
and paint.
.Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the solution
to freeze and damage the
washer fluid tank and other
parts of the washer system.
.When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for
adding water.
.Fill the washer fluid tank only
three-quarters full when it is
very cold. This allows for fluid
expansion if freezing occurs,
which could damage the tank
if it is completely full.
Black plate (18,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-18 Vehicle Care
Brakes
This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc
brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or be
heard all the time when the vehicle
is moving, except when applying the
brake pedal firmly.
{Warning
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced.
{Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications on page 12-2.
Brake pads should be replaced as
complete sets.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service might be
required.
Brake Adjustment
Every time the brakes are applied,
with or without the vehicle moving,
the brakes adjust for wear.
Replacing Brake System Parts
The braking system on a vehicle is
complex. Its many parts have to be
of top quality and work well together
if the vehicle is to have really good
braking. The vehicle was designed
and tested with top-quality brake
parts. When parts of the braking
system are replaced, be sure to get
new, approved replacement parts.
If this is not done, the brakes might
not work properly. For example,
installing disc brake pads that are
wrong for the vehicle, can change
the balance between the front and
rear brakes —for the worse. The
braking performance expected can
change in many other ways if the
wrong replacement brake parts are
installed.
Black plate (19,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-19
Brake Fluid
The brake master cylinder reservoir
is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as
indicated on the reservoir cap. See
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10-5 for the location of the
reservoir.
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir
might go down:
.The brake fluid level goes down
because of normal brake lining
wear. When new linings are
installed, the fluid level goes
back up.
.A fluid leak in the brake
hydraulic system can also cause
a low fluid level. Have the brake
hydraulic system fixed, since a
leak means that sooner or later
the brakes will not work well.
Do not top off the brake fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove brake fluid,
as necessary, only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic system.
{Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn,
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic
system.
When the brake fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes
on. See Brake System Warning
Light on page 5-18.
What to Add
Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid
from a sealed container. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12.
Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it. This
helps keep dirt from entering the
reservoir.
{Warning
With the wrong kind of fluid in the
brake hydraulic system, the
brakes might not work well. This
could cause a crash. Always use
the proper brake fluid.
Black plate (20,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-20 Vehicle Care
{Caution
.Using the wrong fluid can
badly damage brake
hydraulic system parts. For
example, just a few drops of
mineral-based oil, such as
engine oil, in the brake
hydraulic system can damage
brake hydraulic system parts
so badly that they will have to
be replaced. Do not let
someone put in the wrong
kind of fluid.
.If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces,
the paint finish can be
damaged. Be careful not to
spill brake fluid on the
vehicle. If you do, wash it off
immediately.
Battery
Refer to the replacement number
shown on the original battery label
when a new battery is needed. See
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10-5 for battery location.
{Warning
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer and reproductive
harm. Wash hands after handling.
Vehicle Storage
{Warning
Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting on
page 10-62 for tips on working
around a battery without
getting hurt.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
charger.
Black plate (21,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-21
Starter Switch Check
{Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
2. Apply both the parking brake
and the regular brake.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
starts.
3. Try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
If the vehicle starts in any other
position, contact your dealer for
service.
Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control
Function Check
{Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface.
2. Apply the parking brake. Be
ready to apply the regular brake
immediately if the vehicle begins
to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.
Ignition Transmission
Lock Check
If equipped with a key type ignition,
while parked and with the parking
brake set, try to turn the ignition to
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
position.
.The ignition should turn to
LOCK/OFF only when the shift
lever is in P (Park).
.The ignition key should come
out only in LOCK/OFF.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Black plate (22,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-22 Vehicle Care
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check
{Warning
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
.To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
.To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear or cracking. See
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2 for more information.
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
different ways. For proper
windshield wiper blade length and
type, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts on page 11-13.
{Caution
Allowing the wiper arm to touch
the windshield when no wiper
blade is installed could damage
the windshield. Any damage that
occurs would not be covered by
your warranty. Do not allow the
wiper arm to touch the windshield.
To replace the windshield wiper
blade:
1. Pull the wiper assembly away
from the windshield.
Black plate (23,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-23
2. Lift up on the plastic latch in the
middle of the wiper blade where
the wiper arm attaches.
3. With the latch open, pull the
wiper blade down toward the
windshield far enough to release
it from the J-hooked end of the
wiper arm.
4. Remove the wiper blade.
Allowing the wiper blade arm to
touch the windshield when no
wiper blade is installed could
damage the windshield. Any
damage that occurs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not allow the wiper
blade to touch the windshield.
5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
blade replacement.
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.
Black plate (24,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-24 Vehicle Care
Bulb Replacement
For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on
page 10-27.
For any bulb‐changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer.
Halogen Bulbs
{Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps
1. Sidemarker
2. Low-Beam Headlamp
3. High-Beam Headlamp
4. Parking/Turn Signal Lamp
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10-4.
2. Remove the screw from the
headlamp assembly.
Black plate (25,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-25
3. Pull up on the plastic headlamp
retainer and remove it.
4. Pull the headlamp assembly
away from the vehicle and
remove the electrical connector.
5. Remove the round dust caps to
gain access to the bulbs.
6. Turn the old bulb
counterclockwise and remove it
from the retaining ring by pulling
it away from the headlamp.
7. Remove the electrical connector
from the bulb by raising the lock
tab and pulling the connector
away from the bulb's base.
8. Install the electrical connector to
the bulb.
9. Install the new bulb by inserting
the smallest tab on the bulb
base into the matching notch in
the retaining ring. Turn the bulb
a quarter-turn clockwise until it
stops.
10. Reinstall the dust caps.
11. Push the headlamp assembly
toward the vehicle.
12. Push down on the plastic
headlamp retainer to reinstall it.
13. Reinstall the screw from the
headlamp assembly.
Black plate (26,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-26 Vehicle Care
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
and Back-Up Lamps
1. Rear Sidemarker Lamp
2. Back-up Lamp
3. Stoplamp/Taillamp/Turn Signal
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
page 2-9.
2. Remove the convenience net (if
equipped). Unhook the net from
the upper wing nut.
3. Turn the upper wing nut
counterclockwise and remove it.
4. Pull the carpet away from the
rear of the vehicle.
5. Turn the two hex nuts
counterclockwise to
remove them.
6. Pull out the taillamp assembly
and disconnect the wiring
harness.
7. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it.
8. Pull the old bulb straight out to
remove it.
9. Push the new bulb straight in
until it clicks to install it.
10. Reverse steps 1 through 7 to
reinstall.
Black plate (27,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-27
License Plate Lamp
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Remove the two screws from the
license plate lamp assembly.
2. Pull the lamp assembly down
and turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise and out of the
lamp assembly.
3. Pull the old bulb straight out of
the socket.
4. Install the new bulb.
5. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to
reinstall the license plate lamp
assembly.
Replacement Bulbs
Exterior Lamp Bulb
Number
Back-Up 921LL
Front Parking/Turn
Signal
3157NAK
License
Plate Lamp
194LL
Headlamps
High-Beam H9
Low-Beam H11
Sidemarker 194LL
Stoplamp,
Taillamp, and Turn
Signal
3057
For replacement bulbs not listed
here, contact your dealer.
Electrical System
Electrical System
Overload
The vehicle has fuses and circuit
breakers to protect against an
electrical system overload.
When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
and closes, protecting the circuit
until the current load returns to
normal or the problem is fixed. This
greatly reduces the chance of circuit
overload and fire caused by
electrical problems.
Fuses and circuit breakers protect
power devices in the vehicle.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, the
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
Black plate (28,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-28 Vehicle Care
Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.
Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart.
Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a
combination of fuses and circuit
breakers. This greatly reduces the
chance of fires caused by electrical
problems.
Look at the silver-colored band
inside the fuse. If the band is broken
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
you replace a bad fuse with a new
one of the identical size and rating.
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
The engine compartment fuse block
is located on the passenger side of
the engine compartment, by the
battery. See Engine Compartment
Overview on page 10-5 for more
information on location.
{Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
Black plate (29,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-29
The vehicle may not have all of the
fuses, relays, and features shown.
Fuses Usage
A/C CMPRSR Air Conditioning
Compressor
ABS MTR 1 Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
Motor 1
ABS MTR 2 ABS Motor 2
AIR PUMP Air Pump
AIR SOL Air Injection
Reactor Solenoid
AIRBAG/
DISPLAY
Airbag, Display
AUX PWR Auxiliary Power
BATT 1 Battery 1
BATT 2 Battery 2
BATT 3 Battery 3
BATT 4 Battery 4
BCM Body Control
Module (BCM)
Black plate (30,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-30 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
CHMSL/
BCK-UP
Center
High-Mounted
Stoplamp,
Back-up Lamp
DISPLAY Display
DRL 1 Daytime Running
Lamps 1
DRL 2 Daytime Running
Lamps 2
ECM IGN Engine Control
Module (ECM),
Ignition
ECM/TCM ECM,
Transmission
Control
Module (TCM)
EMISSIONS 1 Emissions 1
EMISSIONS 2 Emissions 2
ETC/ECM Electronic
Throttle
Control, ECM
FAN 1 Cooling Fan 1
Fuses Usage
FAN 2 Cooling Fan 2
FOG LAMPS Fog Lamps (If
Equipped)
FSCM Fuel System
Control Module
HDLP MDL Headlamp
Module
HORN Horn
HTD MIR Heated Mirror
IGN 1 Ignition 1
INJ 2 Injector 2
INT LIGHTS Interior Lamps
INT LTS/
PNL DIM
Interior Lamps,
Instrument Panel
Dimmer
LT HI BEAM Driver Side
High-Beam
Headlamp
LT LO BEAM Driver Side
Low-Beam
Headlamp
Fuses Usage
LT PARK Driver Side
Parking Lamp
LT SPOT Left Spot
LT T/SIG Driver Side Turn
Signal Lamp
ONSTAR OnStar
PWR DROP/
CRANK
Power Drop,
Crank
RADIO Audio System
RT HI BEAM Passenger Side
High-Beam
Headlamp
RT LO BEAM Passenger Side
Low-Beam
Headlamp
RT PARK Passenger Side
Parking Lamp
RT SPOT Right Spot
RT T/SIG Passenger Side
Turn Signal Lamp
Black plate (31,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-31
Fuses Usage
RVC SEN Regulated
Voltage Control
Sensor
STRG WHL Steering Wheel
STRTR Starter
TRANS Transmission
VACUUM/
PUMP
Vacuum Pump
WPR Wiper
WSW Windshield Wiper
Relay Usage
A/C
CMPRSR
Air Conditioning
Compressor
FAN 1 Cooling Fan 1
FAN 2 Cooling Fan 2
FAN 3 Cooling Fan 3
VAC/PUMP Vacuum Pump
PWR/TRN Powertrain
Relay Usage
REAR
DEFOG
Rear Defogger
STRTR Starter
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block
The fuse block is on the passenger
side of the vehicle in the carpet
molding. Remove the fuse block
door to access the fuses.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Fuses Usage
AIRBAG Airbags
AMP Amplifier
AUX Auxiliary Outlets
CNSTR Canister
DR/LCK Door Locks
HTD/SEAT Heated Seats
PWR/MIR Power Mirrors
Black plate (32,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-32 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
PWR/SEAT Power Seats
PWR/WNDW Power Window
RAP Retained
Accessory Power
S/ROOF Sunroof
TRUNK Trunk
TRUNK Trunk Relay
XM SiriusXM™Radio
Wheels and Tires
Tires
Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get
service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.
{Warning
.Poorly maintained and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.
.Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much flexing.
There could be a blowout
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
and a serious crash. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-9.
.Underinflated tires pose
the same danger as
overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could
cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently
to maintain the
recommended pressure.
Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires
are cold.
.Overinflated tires are more
likely to be cut, punctured,
or broken by a sudden
impact —such as when
hitting a pothole. Keep
tires at the recommended
pressure.
(Continued)
Black plate (33,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-33
Warning (Continued)
.Worn or old tires can
cause a crash. If the tread
is badly worn,
replace them.
.Replace any tires that
have been damaged by
impacts with potholes,
curbs, etc.
.Improperly repaired tires
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an
authorized tire service
center should repair,
replace, dismount, and
mount the tires.
.Do not spin the tires in
excess of 56 km/h
(35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow,
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
spinning may cause the
tires to explode.
All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with
all-season tires. These tires are
designed to provide good overall
performance on most road surfaces
and weather conditions. Original
equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
have a TPC specification code
molded onto the sidewall. Original
equipment all-season tires can be
identified by the last two characters
of this TPC code, which will
be “MS.”
Consider installing winter tires on
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is
expected. All-season tires provide
adequate performance for most
winter driving conditions, but they
may not offer the same level of
traction or performance as winter
tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
See Winter Tires on page 10-33.
Winter Tires
This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
tires on the vehicle if frequent
driving on ice or snow covered
roads is expected. See your dealer
for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires on
page 10-48.
With winter tires, there may be
decreased dry road traction,
increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.
If using winter tires:
.Use tires of the same brand and
tread type on all four wheel
positions.
Black plate (34,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-34 Vehicle Care
.Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
tires with a lower speed rating are
chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.
Summer Tires
This vehicle may come with high
performance summer tires. These
tires have a special tread and
compound that are optimized for
maximum dry and wet road
performance. This special tread and
compound will decrease
performance in cold climates, and
on ice and snow. We recommend
installing winter tires on the vehicle
if frequent driving in cold
temperatures or on snow or ice
covered roads is expected. See
Winter Tires on page 10-33.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is
molded into its sidewall. The
examples show a typical
passenger vehicle tire and a
compact spare tire sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
(1) Tire Size:The tire size is a
combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the
“Tire Size”illustration later in this
section.
(2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification):Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(3) DOT (Department of
Transportation):The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
Black plate (35,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-35
DOT Tire Date of
Manufacture:The last four
digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first two
digits represent the week (01–
52) and the last two digits, the
year. For example, the third
week of the year 2010 would
have a four-digit DOT date
of 0310.
(4) Tire Identification Number
(TIN):The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(5) Tire Ply Material:The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG):Tire
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
resistance. For more information
see Uniform Tire Quality
Grading on page 10-50.
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit:Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
Compact Spare Tire Example
(1) Tire Ply Material:The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(2) Temporary Use Only:The
compact spare tire or temporary
use tire should not be driven at
speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
Black plate (36,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-36 Vehicle Care
The compact spare tire is for
emergency use when a regular
road tire has lost air and gone
flat. If the vehicle has a compact
spare tire, see Compact Spare
Tire on page 10-61 and If a Tire
Goes Flat on page 10-53.
(3) Tire Identification Number
(TIN):The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(4) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit:Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
(5) Tire Inflation:The
temporary use tire or compact
spare tire should be inflated to
420 kPa (60 psi). For more
information on tire pressure and
inflation see Tire Pressure on
page 10-40.
(6) Tire Size:A combination of
letters and numbers define a
tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
construction type, and service
description. The letter T as the
first character in the tire size
means the tire is for temporary
use only.
(7) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification):Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
Tire Designations
Tire Size
The following is an example of a
typical passenger vehicle
tire size.
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:
The United States version of a
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in
the tire size means a passenger
vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.
(2) Tire Width:The three-digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
Black plate (37,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-37
(3) Aspect Ratio:A two-digit
number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
item 3 of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
60 percent as high as it is wide.
(4) Construction Code:A letter
code is used to indicate the type
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply
construction; the letter D means
diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter B
means belted-bias ply
construction.
(5) Rim Diameter:Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description:These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure:The amount of
air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of
the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
Accessory Weight:The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio:The relationship
of a tire's height to its width.
Belt:A rubber coated layer of
cords between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing
materials.
Bead:The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
Bias Ply Tire:A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure:The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure
on page 10-40.
Black plate (38,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-38 Vehicle Care
Curb Weight:The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings:A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.
GVWR:Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-9.
GAWR FRT:Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-9.
GAWR RR:Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-9.
Intended Outboard Sidewall:
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa):The metric
unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire:A
tire used on light duty trucks and
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Load Index:An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure:
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating:The
load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight:The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight:The
number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-9.
Occupant Distribution:
Designated seating positions.
Black plate (39,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-39
Outward Facing Sidewall:The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that
contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure:Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard. See Tire
Pressure on page 10-40 and
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-9.
Radial Ply Tire:A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim:A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall:The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating:An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction:The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Tread:The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with
the road.
Treadwear Indicators:Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
of a tire when only 1.6 mm
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
on page 10-47.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards):A tire
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature, and
treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire
manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading on
page 10-50.
Black plate (40,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-40 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Capacity Weight:The
number of designated seating
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-9.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire:Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.
Vehicle Placard:A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle
capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
See “Tire and Loading
Information Label”under Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9-9.
Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
effectively.
{Caution
Neither tire underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:
.Tire overloading and
overheating which could
lead to a blowout.
.Premature or
irregular wear.
.Poor handling.
.Reduced fuel economy.
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
Overinflated tires, or tires that
have too much air, can
result in:
.Unusual wear.
.Poor handling.
.Rough ride.
.Needless damage from
road hazards.
The Tire and Loading
Information label on the vehicle
indicates the original equipment
tires and the correct cold tire
inflation pressures. The
recommended pressure is the
minimum air pressure needed to
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-9.
Black plate (41,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-41
How the vehicle is loaded
affects vehicle handling and ride
comfort. Never load the vehicle
with more weight than it was
designed to carry.
When to Check
Check the tires once a month or
more. Do not forget the compact
spare, if the vehicle has one.
The cold compact spare tire
pressure should be at 420 kPa
(60 psi). See Compact Spare
Tire on page 10-61.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure.
Proper tire inflation cannot be
determined by looking at the tire.
Check the tire inflation pressure
when the tires are cold, meaning
the vehicle has not been driven
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
further adjustment is necessary.
If the inflation pressure is low,
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the
inflation pressure is high, press
on the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Return the valve caps on the
valve stems to prevent leaks
and keep out dirt and moisture.
Tire Pressure Monitor
System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
Black plate (42,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-42 Vehicle Care
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10-42.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-15.
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
sensors monitor the air pressure in
the tires and transmit the tire
pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.
When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
Black plate (43,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-43
located on the instrument cluster.
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-9.
A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The low
tire pressure warning light and the
DIC warning message come on at
each ignition cycle until the tires are
inflated to the correct inflation
pressure. Using the DIC, tire
pressure levels can be viewed. For
additional information and details
about the DIC operation and
displays, see Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5-23 and Tire
Messages on page 5-32.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper
pressure.
A Tire and Loading Information label
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-9, for an example
of the Tire and Loading Information
label and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure on page 10-40.
The TPMS can warn about a low
tire pressure condition but it does
not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
on page 10-45,Tire Rotation on
page 10-46, and Tires on
page 10-32.
{Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tire
sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage
caused by using an incorrect tire
sealant is not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use only
the GM approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.
Black plate (44,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-44 Vehicle Care
TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
low tire pressure warning light
flashes for about one minute and
then stays on for the remainder of
the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
message also displays. The
malfunction light and DIC warning
message come on at each ignition
cycle until the problem is corrected.
Some of the conditions that can
cause these to come on are:
.One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and the DIC message
should go off after the road tire
is replaced and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See “TPMS Sensor
Matching Process”later in this
section.
.The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not
completed successfully after
rotating the tires. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off after
successfully completing the
sensor matching process. See
“TPMS Sensor Matching
Process”later in this section.
.One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off when the
TPMS sensors are installed and
the sensor matching process is
performed successfully. See
your dealer for service.
.Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires on page 10-48.
.Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.
If the TPMS is not functioning
properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire condition. See your dealer
for service if the TPMS malfunction
light and DIC message come on
and stay on.
TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tire/wheel position after rotating the
vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
the TPMS sensor matching process
should be performed after replacing
a spare tire with a road tire
containing the TPMS sensor. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off at the next
ignition cycle. The sensors are
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
Black plate (45,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-45
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,
passenger side front tire, passenger
side rear tire, and driver side rear.
See your dealer for service or to
purchase a relearn tool.
There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all four
tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
The TPMS sensor matching
process is:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the engine off.
3. Press the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter's Qand K
buttons at the same time for
approximately five seconds. The
horn sounds twice to signal the
receiver is in relearn mode and
the TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
message displays on the DIC
screen.
4. Start with the driver side
front tire.
5. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.
6. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 5.
7. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 5.
8. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure in
Step 5. The horn sounds two
times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been
matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message on the DIC
display screen goes off.
9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
10. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
.The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.
.There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.
.The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.
Black plate (46,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-46 Vehicle Care
.The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.
.The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.
Tire Rotation
Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-2.
Tires are rotated to achieve a
uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most
important.
Anytime unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the
rotation, check the wheel
alignment.
See When It Is Time for New
Tires on page 10-47 and Wheel
Replacement on page 10-51.
Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires.
Do not include the compact
spare tire in the tire rotation.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated.
See Tire Pressure on
page 10-40 and Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-9.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation on
page 10-42.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque”under Capacities
and Specifications on
page 12-2.
{Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
(Continued)
Black plate (47,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-47
Warning (Continued)
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
Lightly coat the center of the
wheel hub with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or
tire rotation to prevent corrosion
or rust build-up. Do not get
grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.
When It Is Time for New
Tires
Factors such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.
Treadwear indicators are one way to
tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining. See Tire
Inspection on page 10-45 and Tire
Rotation on page 10-46.
The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies to the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple factors
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacturer date is the last
four digits of the DOT Tire
Identification Number (TIN) which is
molded into one side of the tire
sidewall. The first two digits
represent the week (01–52) and the
last two digits, the year. For
example, the third week of the year
2010 would have a four-digit DOT
date of 0310.
Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
area away from direct sunlight to
slow aging. This area should be free
of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
driving. When storing a vehicle for
Black plate (48,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-48 Vehicle Care
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.
Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed
were designed to meet General
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC
Spec rating.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the
vehicle, including brake system
performance, ride and handling,
traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring
performance. GM's TPC Spec
number is molded onto the tire's
sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC Spec number
will be followed by MS for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling on page 10-34.
GM recommends replacing worn
tires in complete sets of four.
Uniform tread depth on all tires
will help to maintain the
performance of the vehicle.
Braking and handling
performance may be adversely
affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time.
If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done,
all four tires should wear out at
about the same time. See Tire
Rotation on page 10-46.
However, if it is necessary to
replace only one axle set of
worn tires, place the new tires
on the rear axle.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment
tires may not be available for H,
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
tires. Never exceed the winter
tires’maximum speed capability
when using winter tires with a
lower speed rating.
{Warning
Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting
to mount or dismount a tire
could cause injury or death.
Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should
mount or dismount the tires.
Black plate (49,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-49
{Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes,
brands, or types may cause
loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a crash or other
vehicle damage. Use the
correct size, brand, and type
of tires on all wheels.
{Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.
If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
have a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the
original tires.
Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC
Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System on page 10-41.
The Tire and Loading
Information label indicates the
original equipment tires on the
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-9.
Different Size Tires and
Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
control, electronic stability control,
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
of these systems can also be
affected.
{Warning
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires on
page 10-48 and Accessories and
Modifications on page 10-3.
Black plate (50,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-50 Vehicle Care
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), which grades tires by
treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This
applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter tires,
compact spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production
tires.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and light trucks may vary with
respect to these grades, they
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.
All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and
one-half (1½) times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and
differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction
The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on
specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
Black plate (51,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-51
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
Temperature
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade
C corresponds to a level of
performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law. Warning: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tire life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
are not necessary on a regular
basis. Consider an alignment check
if there is unusual tire wear or the
vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to
the left or right, depending on the
crown of the road and/or other road
surface variations such as troughs
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels may need
to be rebalanced. See your dealer
for proper diagnosis.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset, and be
mounted the same way as the one it
replaces.
Black plate (52,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-52 Vehicle Care
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.
{Warning
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.
{Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake
cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp
aim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearance, and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and
chassis.
Used Replacement Wheels
{Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.
Tire Chains
{Warning
Do not use tire chains. There is
not enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
proper amount of clearance can
cause damage to the brakes,
suspension, or other vehicle
parts. The area damaged by the
tire chains could cause loss of
control and a crash.
Use another type of traction
device only if its manufacturer
recommends it for the vehicle's
tire size combination and road
conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow
and readjust or remove the
traction device if it contacts the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.
If traction devices are used, install
them on the front tires.
Black plate (53,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-53
If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
while driving, especially if the tires
are maintained properly. See Tires
on page 10-32. If air goes out of a
tire, it is much more likely to leak
out slowly. But if there ever is a
blowout, here are a few tips about
what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.
{Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been
driven on while severely
underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
that has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat.
Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.
{Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6-3.
Black plate (54,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-54 Vehicle Care
{Warning
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To
help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
5. Place wheel blocks on both
sides of the tire at the
opposite corner of the tire
being changed.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement of
the wheel blocks (1).
1. Wheel Block
2. Flat Tire
The following information explains
how to repair or change a tire.
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
The equipment you will need is
located in the trunk.
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
page 2-9.
2. Remove the convenience net if
the vehicle has one.
3. Remove the spare tire cover.
4. Turn the wing nut
counterclockwise and remove it.
5. Remove the compact spare tire.
Black plate (55,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-55
6. Turn the nut holding the jack
counterclockwise and remove it.
Then remove the jack and
wrench.
1. Jack
2. Extension and Protection Guide
3. Wheel Wrench
The tools you will need to change a
tire include the jack (1), extension
and protection guide (2), and wheel
wrench (3).
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
This vehicle may have aluminum
wheels with exposed wheel nuts.
Use the wheel wrench to loosen all
the wheel nuts. Do not remove
them yet.
Or, this vehicle may have steel
wheels with plastic covers.
To remove the plastic covers and
wheel nut caps, loosen the plastic
nut caps with the wheel wrench in a
counterclockwise direction.
If needed, finish loosening them
with your fingers. The plastic nut
caps will not come off.
If needed, use the flat end of the
wheel wrench and pry along the
edge of the cover until it comes off.
The edge of the wheel cover could
be sharp, so do not try to remove it
with your bare hands. Do not drop
Black plate (56,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-56 Vehicle Care
the cover or lay it face down, as it
could become scratched or
damaged. Store the wheel cover in
the trunk until the flat tire is repaired
or replaced.
Once you have removed the wheel
cover, use the following procedure
to remove the flat tire and install the
spare tire.
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat on page 10-53.
2. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise once on each
wheel nut to loosen it. Do not
remove them yet.
3. For all wheel types, find the
jacking location using the
diagram above and the
corresponding jacking notches
located on the bottom side of the
plastic molding. The notches in
the plastic molding are marked
with a triangle shape to help you
find them.
The front location is about
17.7 cm (7.0 in) from the rear
edge of the front wheel well. The
rear location is about 11.4 cm
(4.5 in) from the front edge of the
rear wheel well.
4. Put the compact spare tire
near you.
{Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
jacked up is dangerous. If the
vehicle slips off the jack you could
be badly injured or killed. Never
get under a vehicle when it is
supported only by a jack.
Black plate (57,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-57
{Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
{Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
5. Raise the vehicle by turning the
jack handle clockwise. Raise the
vehicle far enough off the
ground to install the compact
spare tire.
6. Remove all wheel nuts and the
flat tire.
{Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
Black plate (58,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-58 Vehicle Care
7. Remove any rust or dirt from the
wheel bolts, mounting surfaces,
and spare wheel.
8. Install the compact spare tire.
{Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
9. Reinstall the wheel nuts with the
rounded end of the nuts toward
the wheel. Tighten each nut
clockwise by hand until the
wheel is held against the hub.
10. Lower the vehicle by turning
the jack handle
counterclockwise. Lower the
jack completely.
{Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
(Continued)
Black plate (59,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-59
Warning (Continued)
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications on page 12-2 for
original equipment wheel nut
torque specifications.
{Caution
Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
sequence and to the proper
torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications for
the wheel nut torque specification.
11. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
a crisscross sequence as
shown.
{Caution
Wheel covers will not fit on the
vehicle's compact spare. If you try
to put a wheel cover on the
compact spare, the cover or the
spare could be damaged.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools
{Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
After the compact spare tire has
been installed on the vehicle, store
the flat tire in the trunk.
When storing a full-size tire, use the
extension with the extension
protector, located in the foam
holder, to help avoid wheel surface
damage.
To store a full-size tire:
1. Install the tools in their original
location in the trunk area and
secure.
Black plate (60,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-60 Vehicle Care
2. Place the tire valve stem facing
down and the protector/guide
placed through a wheel bolt hole
and threaded onto the bolt
screw.
3. Remove the protector and attach
the retainer securely
4. Store the cover as far forward as
possible.
When storing a compact spare tire
in the trunk, put the protector back
in the foam holder.
The compact spare is for temporary
use only. Replace the compact
spare tire with a full-size tire as
soon as you can. See Compact
Spare Tire on page 10-61. Use this
as a guide for storing the compact
spare tire and tools.
Compact Spare Tire
1. Cover
2. Retainer
3. Compact Spare Tire
4. Wing Nut
5. Jack
6. Wheel Wrench
7. Extension Protector
8. Foam Holder
9. Bolt Screw
Black plate (61,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-61
Full-Size Flat Tire
1. Retainer
2. Full-Size Flat Tire
3. Protective Guide
4. Extension Bolt Screw
5. Wing Nut
6. Jack
7. Wheel Wrench
8. Foam Holder
9. Bolt Screw
Compact Spare Tire
If this is a police vehicle, see
"Compact Spare Tire" in the Impala
Police Package Supplement for
spare tire information.
{Warning
Driving with more than one
compact spare tire at a time could
result in loss of braking and
handling. This could lead to a
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
crash and you or others could be
injured. Use only one compact
spare tire at a time.
If this vehicle has a compact spare
tire, it was fully inflated when new;
however, it can lose air over time.
Check the inflation pressure
regularly. It should be 420 kPa
(60 psi).
Stop as soon as possible and check
that the spare tire is correctly
inflated after being installed on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is
designed for temporary use only.
The vehicle will perform differently
with the spare tire installed and it is
recommended that the vehicle
speed be limited to 80 km/h
(50 mph). To conserve the tread of
the spare tire, have the standard tire
repaired or replaced as soon as
convenient and return the spare tire
to the storage area.
Black plate (62,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-62 Vehicle Care
When using a compact spare tire,
the ABS and Traction Control
systems may engage until the spare
tire is recognized by the vehicle,
especially on slippery roads. Adjust
driving to reduce possible
wheel slip.
{Caution
When the compact spare is
installed, do not take the vehicle
through an automatic car wash
with guide rails. The compact
spare can get caught on the rails
which can damage the tire, wheel,
and other parts of the vehicle.
Do not use the compact spare on
other vehicles.
Do not mix the compact spare tire or
wheel with other wheels or tires.
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
and its wheel together.
{Caution
Tire chains will not fit the compact
spare. Using them can damage
the vehicle and the chains. Do not
use tire chains on the compact
spare.
Jump Starting
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery on
page 10-20.
If the battery has run down, try to
use another vehicle and some
jumper cables to start your vehicle.
Be sure to use the following steps to
do it safely.
{Warning
Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
.They contain acid that can
burn you.
.They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
.They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.
Black plate (63,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-63
{Caution
Ignoring these steps could result
in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Trying to start
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle.
The jump start positive is located in
the engine compartment under the
engine compartment fuse block
cover on the passenger side of the
vehicle.
The jump start negative grounding
point is the engine block or an
engine mounting bolt. Connect to a
spot as far away from the
discharged battery as possible.
These locations are used instead of
a direct connection to the battery.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must
have a 12-volt battery with a
negative ground system.
{Caution
If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative
ground, both vehicles can be
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump starting.
2. Position the two vehicles so that
they are not touching.
3. Set the parking brake firmly and
put the shift lever in P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
page 9-19.
{Caution
If any accessories are left on or
plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Whenever possible, turn
off or unplug all accessories on
either vehicle when jump starting.
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF
and switch off all lights and
accessories in both vehicles,
except the hazard warning
flashers if needed.
{Warning
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.
Black plate (64,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-64 Vehicle Care
{Warning
Using a match near a battery can
cause battery gas to explode.
People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded.
Use a flashlight if you need more
light.
Be sure the battery has enough
water. You do not need to add
water to the battery installed in
your new vehicle. But if a battery
has filler caps, be sure the right
amount of fluid is there. If it is low,
add water to take care of that
first. If you do not, explosive gas
could be present.
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.
{Warning
Fans or other moving engine
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.
5. Connect one end of the red
positive (+) cable to the jump
start positive (+) post. Use a
remote positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
6. Do not let the other end of the
red positive (+) cable touch
metal. Connect it to the
positive (+) terminal of the good
battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the vehicle
has one.
7. Connect one end of the black
negative (–) cable to the
negative (–) terminal of the good
battery. Use a remote
negative (−) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
Do not let the other end touch
anything until the next step. The
other end of the negative (–)
cable does not go to the dead
battery. It goes to a heavy,
unpainted metal engine part or
to a remote negative (–) terminal
on the vehicle with the dead
battery.
8. Connect the other end of the
black negative (–) cable to an
unpainted heavy metal engine
part away from the dead battery,
but not near engine parts
that move.
9. Start the engine in the vehicle
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
Black plate (65,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-65
10. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
{Caution
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
making sure that the cables do
not touch each other or other
metal.
Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
Towing
Towing the Vehicle
{Caution
Incorrectly towing a disabled
vehicle may cause damage. The
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not lash
or hook to the chassis
components —including the front
and rear subframes, suspension
control arms, and links —during
towing and recovery of a disabled
vehicle, or when securing the
vehicle. Use the proper nylon
strap harnesses around the tires
to secure the vehicle.
Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck
could damage the vehicle.
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be towed.
To tow the vehicle behind another
vehicle for recreational purposes,
such as behind a motor home, see
“Recreational Vehicle Towing”
following.
Recreational Vehicle
Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle such as a motor home. The
two most common types of
recreational vehicle towing are
known as dinghy towing and dolly
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the
ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly.
Black plate (66,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-66 Vehicle Care
Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle
towing:
.What is the towing capacity of
the towing vehicle? Be sure to
read the tow vehicle
manufacturer's
recommendations.
.What is the distance that will be
travelled? Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
.Is the proper towing equipment
going to be used? See your
dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and
equipment recommendations.
.Is the vehicle ready to be
towed? Just as preparing the
vehicle for a long trip, make sure
the vehicle is prepared to be
towed.
Dinghy Towing
{Caution
If the vehicle is towed with all four
wheels on the ground, the
drivetrain components could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not tow the vehicle
with all four wheels on the
ground.
The vehicle was not designed to be
towed with all four wheels on the
ground. If the vehicle must be
towed, a dolly should be used. See
“Dolly Towing”that follows for more
information.
Dolly Towing
Use the following procedure to dolly
tow the vehicle from the front:
1. Attach the dolly to the tow
vehicle following the dolly
manufacturer's instructions.
Black plate (67,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-67
2. Drive the front wheels onto the
dolly.
3. Shift the transmission to
P (Park).
4. Firmly set the parking brake.
5. Use an adequate clamping
device designed for towing to
ensure that the front wheels are
locked into the straight position.
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
following the manufacturer's
instructions.
7. Release the parking brake only
after the vehicle being towed is
firmly attached to the towing
vehicle.
8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF
and remove the key.
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12.
Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.
{Caution
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
products can be obtained from
your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
correct product usage, necessary
safety precautions, and
appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product.
{Caution
Avoid using high-pressure
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
to the surface of the vehicle. Use
of power washers exceeding
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
in damage or removal of paint
and decals.
Black plate (68,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-68 Vehicle Care
The esymbol is on any
underhood compartment electrical
center that should not be power
washed. This could cause damage
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
If using an automatic car wash,
follow the car wash instructions. The
windshield wiper and rear window
wiper, if equipped, must be off.
Remove any accessories that may
be damaged or interfere with the car
wash equipment.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.
Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
as damage can occur.
{Caution
Machine compounding or
aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Moldings
{Caution
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result
in a hazy white finish or pitting.
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Black plate (69,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-69
The bright metal moldings on the
vehicle are aluminum. To prevent
damage always follow these
cleaning instructions:
.Be sure the molding is cool to
the touch before applying any
cleaning solution.
.Use a cleaning solution
approved for aluminum. Some
cleaners are highly acidic or
contain alkaline substances and
can damage the moldings.
.Always dilute a concentrated
cleaner according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
.Do not use chrome cleaners.
.Do not use cleaners that are not
intended for automotive use.
.Use a nonabrasive wax on the
vehicle after washing to protect
and extend the molding finish.
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Lenses, Emblems, Decals and
Stripes
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
emblems, decals and stripes. Follow
instructions under "Washing the
Vehicle" previously in this section.
Lamp covers are made of plastic,
and some have a UV protective
coating.
Use only lukewarm water, a soft
cloth, and mild car washing soap to
clean exterior lamps and lenses. Do
not clean or wipe them while they
are dry.
Do not use any of the following on
lamp covers:
.Abrasive or caustic agents.
.Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
than suggested by the
manufacturer.
.Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
or other harsh cleaners.
.Ice scrapers or other hard items.
.Aftermarket appearance caps or
covers while the lamps are
illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated.
{Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly
can cause damage to the lamp
cover that would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
{Caution
Using wax on low gloss black
finish stripes can increase the
gloss level and create a
non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and
water only.
Black plate (70,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-70 Vehicle Care
Air Intakes
Clear debris from the air intakes,
between the hood and windshield
when washing the vehicle.
Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper
streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow, and ice.
Weatherstrips
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
least once a year. Hot, dry climates
may require more frequent
application. Black marks from
rubber material on painted surfaces
can be removed by rubbing with a
clean cloth. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on
page 11-12.
Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.
{Caution
Using petroleum-based tire
dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
or tires. When applying a tire
dressing, always wipe off any
overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.
Wheels and Trim —Aluminum
or Chrome
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
soap and water to clean the wheels.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
A wax may then be applied.
{Caution
Chrome wheels and other chrome
trim may be damaged if the
vehicle is not washed after driving
on roads that have been sprayed
with magnesium, calcium,
or sodium chloride. These
chlorides are used on roads for
conditions such as ice and dust.
Always wash the chrome with
soap and water after exposure.
Black plate (71,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-71
{Caution
To avoid surface damage, do not
use strong soaps, chemicals,
abrasive polishes, cleaners,
brushes, or cleaners that contain
acid on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels. Use only
approved cleaners. Also, never
drive a vehicle with aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels through an
automatic car wash that uses
silicone carbide tire cleaning
brushes. Damage could occur
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Steering, Suspension, and
Chassis Components
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear at
least once a year.
Inspect power steering for proper
hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc.
Visually check constant velocity joint
boots and axle seals for leaks.
Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the
fuel door hinge unless the
components are plastic. Applying
silicone grease on weatherstrips
with a clean cloth will make them
last longer, seal better, and not stick
or squeak.
Underbody Maintenance
At least twice a year, Spring and
Fall, use plain water to flush dirt and
debris from the vehicle's underbody.
Your dealer or an underbody car
washing system can do this. If not
removed, rust and corrosion can
develop.
Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.
Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.
Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and
scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
Black plate (72,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-72 Vehicle Care
dark spots etched into the paint
surface. See “Finish Care”
previously in this section.
Interior Care
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils. Note
that newspapers or dark garments
that can transfer color to home
furnishings can also permanently
transfer color to the vehicle's
interior.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the
instrument cluster. Using a mild
soap solution, immediately remove
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
repellent from all interior surfaces or
permanent damage may result.
Your dealer may have products for
cleaning the interior. Use cleaners
specifically designed for the
surfaces being cleaned to prevent
permanent damage. Apply all
cleaners directly to the cleaning
cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly
on any switches or controls.
Cleaners should be removed
quickly. Never allow cleaners to
remain on the surface being
cleaned for extended periods
of time.
Cleaners may contain solvents that
can become concentrated in the
interior. Before using cleaners, read
and adhere to all safety instructions
on the label. While cleaning the
interior, maintain adequate
ventilation by opening the doors and
windows.
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following
cleaners or techniques:
.Never use a razor or any other
sharp object to remove a soil
from any interior surface.
.Never use a brush with stiff
bristles.
.Never rub any surface
aggressively or with excessive
pressure.
.Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops per
3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
A concentrated soap solution will
leave a residue that creates
streaks and attracts dirt. Do not
use solutions that contain strong
or caustic soap.
.Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery when cleaning.
.Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.
Interior Glass
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
Commercial glass cleaners may be
used, if necessary, after cleaning
the interior glass with plain water.
Black plate (73,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-73
{Caution
To prevent scratching, never use
abrasive cleaners on automotive
glass. Abrasive cleaners or
aggressive cleaning may damage
the rear window defogger.
Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months
of ownership will reduce tendency
to fog.
Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover
gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with just
water and mild soap.
Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
.When lightly soiled, wipe with a
sponge or soft lint-free cloth
dampened with water.
.When heavily soiled, use warm
soapy water.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating brush attachment is being
used during vacuuming, only use it
on the floor carpet. Before cleaning,
gently remove as much of the soil
as possible using one of the
following techniques:
.Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed.
.For solid soils, remove as much
as possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean lint-free
colorfast cloth with water.
Microfiber cloth is recommended
to prevent lint transfer to the
fabric or carpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth to
a clean area frequently to
prevent forcing the soil in to the
fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the
soiled area until there is no
longer any color transfer from
the soil to the cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain
water.
If the soil is not completely
removed, it may be necessary to
use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.
Following the cleaning process, a
paper towel can be used to blot
excess moisture.
Black plate (74,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-74 Vehicle Care
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays
For vehicles with high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces.
Before wiping the surface with the
microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
brush to remove dirt that could
scratch the surface. Then use the
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to
clean. Never use window cleaners
or solvents. Periodically hand wash
the microfiber cloth separately,
using mild soap. Do not use bleach
or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
and air dry before next use.
{Caution
Do not attach a device with a
suction cup to the display. This
may cause damage and would
not be covered by the warranty.
Instrument Panel, Leather,
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and
Natural Open Pore Wood
Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more
thorough cleaning, use a soft
microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution.
{Caution
Soaking or saturating leather,
especially perforated leather, as
well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
Wipe excess moisture from these
surfaces after cleaning and allow
them to dry naturally. Never use
heat, steam, spot lifters, or spot
removers. Do not use cleaners
that contain silicone or wax-based
products. Cleaners containing
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
these solvents can permanently
change the appearance and feel
of leather or soft trim and are not
recommended.
Do not use cleaners that increase
gloss, especially on the instrument
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions.
{Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics
and painted surfaces. If an air
freshener comes in contact with
any plastic or painted surface in
the vehicle, blot immediately and
clean with a soft cloth dampened
with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Black plate (75,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Vehicle Care 10-75
Cargo Cover and
Convenience Net
Wash with warm water and mild
detergent. Do not use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
then dry completely.
Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
{Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.
Floor Mats
{Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or
is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage.
.The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the accelerator or
brake pedal. Always check that
the floor mats do not interfere
with the pedals.
.Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
.Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
.Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
.Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.
Black plate (76,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
10-76 Vehicle Care
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mat
The driver side floor mat is held in
place by one hook-type retainer.
1. Pull up on the rear of the mat to
remove it from the hooks.
2. Reinstall the floor mat by lining
up the openings on the floor mat
over the hooks and push it down
into position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured and verify that
it does not interfere with the
pedals.
Black plate (1,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and
Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2
Special Application Services
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Additional Maintenance
and Care
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13
Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-14
General Information
Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
the required maintenance for the
vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have
up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
dealers have extended evening and
Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.
Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
{Caution
Damage caused by improper
maintenance can lead to costly
repairs and may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids,
and lubricants are important to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition.
The Tire Rotation and Required
Services are the responsibility of the
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions.
Black plate (2,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more
frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services -
Normal are for vehicles that:
.Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-9.
.Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
.Use the recommended fuel. See
Recommended Fuel on
page 9-31.
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart.
The Additional Required Services -
Severe are for vehicles that are:
.Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather.
.Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain.
.Frequently towing a trailer.
.Used for high speed or
competitive driving.
.Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service.
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe chart.
{Warning
Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools,
and equipment are available.
If they are not, see your dealer to
have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work on page 10-3.
Maintenance
Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
At Each Fuel Stop
.Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil on page 10-6.
Once a Month
.Check the tire inflation
pressures. See Tire Pressure on
page 10-40.
.Inspect the tires for wear. See
Tire Inspection on page 10-45.
.Check the windshield washer
fluid level. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-17.
Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, have the
engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system might not
indicate the need for vehicle service
Black plate (3,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Service and Maintenance 11-3
for more than a year. The engine oil
and filter must be changed at least
once a year and the oil life system
must be reset. Your trained dealer
technician can perform this work.
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
last service. Reset the oil life
system when the oil is changed.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10-8.
Tire Rotation and Required
Services Every 12 000 km/
7,500 mi
Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire
Rotation on page 10-46.
.Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and
reset oil life system. See Engine
Oil on page 10-6 and Engine Oil
Life System on page 10-8.
.Check engine coolant level. See
Engine Coolant on page 10-12.
.Check windshield washer fluid
level. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-17.
.Visually inspect windshield wiper
blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior
Care on page 10-67. Replace
worn or damaged wiper blades.
See Wiper Blade Replacement
on page 10-22.
.Check tire inflation pressures.
See Tire Pressure on
page 10-40.
.Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Inspection on page 10-45.
.Visually check for fluid leaks.
.Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10-10.
.Inspect brake system.
.Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of
wear. See Exterior Care on
page 10-67.
.Check restraint system
components. See Safety System
Check on page 3-16.
.Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks.
.Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for
loose or damaged parts.
.Lubricate body components. See
Exterior Care on page 10-67.
.Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check on page 10-21.
.Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check on
page 10-21.
Black plate (4,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
11-4 Service and Maintenance
.Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check on page 10-21.
.Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check on
page 10-22.
.Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
.Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
.Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof on
page 2-16.
Black plate (5,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Service and Maintenance 11-5
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
12 000 km/7,500 mi
24 000 km/15,000 mi
36 000 km/22,500 mi
48 000 km/30,000 mi
60 000 km/37,500 mi
72 000 km/45,000 mi
84 000 km/52,500 mi
96 000 km/60,000 mi
108 000 km/67,500 mi
120 000 km/75,000 mi
132 000 km/82,500 mi
144 000 km/90,000 mi
156 000 km/97,500 mi
168 000 km/105,000 mi
180 000 km/112,500 mi
192 000 km/120,000 mi
204 000 km/127,500 mi
216 000 km/135,000 mi
228 000 km/142,500 mi
240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @@@@@@
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @@@
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @@@
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change automatic transmission fluid. Change
filter if serviceable. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (5) @
Black plate (6,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
11-6 Service and Maintenance
Footnotes —Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Normal
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
replacement may be needed if the
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
If driving in dusty conditions, inspect
the air filter at each engine oil
change.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System on
page 10-11.
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first.
(6) Inspect for fraying, excessive
cracking, or damage; replace,
if needed.
Black plate (7,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Service and Maintenance 11-7
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
12 000 km/7,500 mi
24 000 km/15,000 mi
36 000 km/22,500 mi
48 000 km/30,000 mi
60 000 km/37,500 mi
72 000 km/45,000 mi
84 000 km/52,500 mi
96 000 km/60,000 mi
108 000 km/67,500 mi
120 000 km/75,000 mi
132 000 km/82,500 mi
144 000 km/90,000 mi
156 000 km/97,500 mi
168 000 km/105,000 mi
180 000 km/112,500 mi
192 000 km/120,000 mi
204 000 km/127,500 mi
216 000 km/135,000 mi
228 000 km/142,500 mi
240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @@@@@@
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @@@
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @@@
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change automatic transmission fluid. Change
filter if serviceable. @@@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (5) @
Black plate (8,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
11-8 Service and Maintenance
Footnotes —Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Severe
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
replacement may be needed if the
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
If driving in dusty conditions, inspect
the air filter at each engine oil
change.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System on
page 10-11.
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first.
(6) Inspect for fraying, excessive
cracking, or damage; replace,
if needed.
Special Application
Services
.Severe Commercial Use
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
components every 5 000 km/
3,000 mi.
.Have underbody flushing service
performed. See "Underbody
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
on page 10-67.
Black plate (9,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Service and Maintenance 11-9
Additional
Maintenance and Care
Your vehicle is an important
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly
repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional
maintenance services may be
required.
It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services —their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The battery supplies power to start
the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
.To avoid break-down or failure to
start the vehicle, maintain a
battery with full cranking power.
.Trained dealer technicians have
the diagnostic equipment to test
the battery and ensure that the
connections and cables are
corrosion-free.
Belts
.Belts may need replacing if they
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting.
.Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and
recommend adjustment or
replacement when necessary.
Brakes
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
crucial to safe driving.
.Signs of brake wear may include
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping.
.Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the brakes and
recommend quality parts
engineered for the vehicle.
Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
and components. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12 for GM
approved fluids.
.Engine oil and windshield
washer fluid levels should be
checked at every fuel fill.
.Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Black plate (10,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
11-10 Service and Maintenance
Hoses
Hoses transport fluids and should
be regularly inspected to ensure
that there are no cracks or leaks.
With a multi-point inspection, your
dealer can inspect the hoses and
advise if replacement is needed.
Lamps
Properly working headlamps,
taillamps, and brake lamps are
important to see and be seen on
the road.
.Signs that the headlamps need
attention include dimming, failure
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure
that they light when braking.
.With a multi-point inspection,
your dealer can check the lamps
and note any concerns.
Shocks and Struts
Shocks and struts help aid in control
for a smoother ride.
.Signs of wear may include
steering wheel vibration, bounce/
sway while braking, longer
stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
.As part of the multi-point
inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs
of leaking, blown seals,
or damage, and can advise
when service is needed.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
the tires can save money and fuel,
and can reduce the risk of tire
failure.
.Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
rubber; cracks or cuts in the
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
split in the tire.
.Trained dealer technicians can
inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.
Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and
exterior, see Interior Care on
page 10-72 and Exterior Care on
page 10-67.
Black plate (11,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Service and Maintenance 11-11
Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for
ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
.Signs that the alignment may
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
.Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
.Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
.Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.
Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
.Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
.Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.
Black plate (12,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
11-12 Service and Maintenance
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE
viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See
Engine Oil on page 10-6.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10-12.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 89021185, in Canada 89021186).
Automatic Transmission DEXRON
®
-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and
Release Pawl
Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674)
or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Black plate (13,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Service and Maintenance 11-13
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 10350737 A2962C
Engine Oil Filter 89017525 PF63
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 15284938 CF132
Spark Plugs 12622561 41‐109
Wiper Blades
Driver Side ‐55.0 cm (21.7 in) 15941731 —
Passenger Side ‐55.0 cm (21.7 in) 15941732 —
Black plate (14,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
11-14 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date Odometer
Reading Serviced By Services Performed
Black plate (15,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Service and Maintenance 11-15
Date Odometer
Reading Serviced By Services Performed
Black plate (16,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
11-16 Service and Maintenance
Date Odometer
Reading Serviced By Services Performed
Black plate (1,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
on page 12-2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Service Parts
Identification Label
This label, in the trunk, has the
following information:
.Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
.Model designation.
.Paint information.
.Production options and special
equipment.
Do not remove this label from the
vehicle.
Black plate (2,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12 for more information.
Application Capacities
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge
amount, see the refrigerant label located under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Automatic Transmission 5.0 L 5.3 qt
Cooling System Including Reservoir 8.7 L 9.1 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Fuel Tank (RPO FHO) 65.5 L 17.3 gal
Black plate (3,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Technical Data 12-3
Application Capacities
Metric English
Fuel Tank (RPO FHS) 66.3 L 17.5 gal
Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
3.6L V6 3 Automatic 1.10 mm (0.043 in)
Black plate (4,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
Black plate (1,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Customer Information 13-1
Customer
Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Assistance
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program .................... 13-5
Roadside Assistance
Program .................... 13-5
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Courtesy Transportation
Program .................... 13-7
Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-9
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-11
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-14
OnStar
®
.................... 13-14
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to your dealer and to
Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
with a member of dealership
management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
Black plate (2,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
resolved by your dealership without
further help, in the U.S., call the
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center at 1-800–222–1020. In
Canada, call General Motors of
Canada Customer Care Centre at
1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give your
inquiry prompt attention. Have the
following information available to
give the Customer Assistance
representative:
.Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). This is available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of
the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.
.Dealership name and location.
.Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.
When contacting Chevrolet,
remember that your concern will
likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest
following Step One first.
STEP THREE —U.S. Owners:
Both General Motors and your
dealer are committed to making
sure you are completely satisfied
with the new vehicle. However,
if you continue to remain unsatisfied
after following the procedure
outlined in Steps One and Two, you
can file with the Better Business
Bureau (BBB) Auto Line
®
Program
to enforce your rights.
The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered
by the Council of Better Business
Bureaus to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you
may reject it and proceed with any
other venue for relief available
to you.
You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them at
the following address:
BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business Bureaus,
Inc.
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203-1838
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
This program is available in all
50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
Black plate (3,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Customer Information 13-3
STEP THREE —Canadian
Owners: In the event that you do
not feel your concerns have been
addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
Limited wants you to be aware of its
participation in a no-charge
Mediation/Arbitration Program.
General Motors of Canada Limited
has committed to binding arbitration
of owner disputes involving
factory-related vehicle service
claims. The program provides for
the review of the facts involved by
an impartial third party arbiter, and
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is
designed so that the entire dispute
settlement process, from the time
you file your complaint to the final
decision, should be completed in
about 70 days. We believe our
impartial program offers advantages
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada Limited
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
The inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
Customer Assistance
Offices
Chevrolet encourages customers to
call the toll-free number for
assistance. However, if a customer
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
the letter should be addressed to:
United States and Puerto Rico
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
www.Chevrolet.com
1-800-222-1020
1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-243-8872
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994
Black plate (4,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
13-4 Customer Information
Canada
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
Overseas
Please contact the local General
Motors Business Unit.
Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
Online Owner Center
Online Owner Experience
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com
The Chevrolet online owner
experience is a one-stop resource
that allows interaction with
Chevrolet and keeps important
vehicle-specific information in one
place.
Membership Benefits
E(Vehicle Information):
Download owner manuals and view
vehicle-specific how-to videos.
G(Maintenance Information):
View maintenance schedules,
required alerts, OnStar onboard
vehicle diagnostic information, and
schedule service appointments.
I(Service History): View
printable dealer-recorded service
records and self-recorded service
records.
D(Preferred Dealer
Information): Select a preferred
dealer and view dealer location,
maps, phone numbers, and hours.
J(Warranty Tracking
Information): Track the vehicle’s
warranty information.
J(Recall Information): View
active recalls or search by Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN). See
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
on page 12-1.
H(Other Account Information):
View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
radio, and OnStar account
information.
F(Live Chat Support): Chat live
with online help representatives.
Visit my.chevrolet.com to register
your vehicle.
Black plate (5,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Customer Information 13-5
Chevrolet Owner Centre
(Canada) chevroletowner.ca
Take a trip to the Chevrolet Owner
Centre:
.Chat live with online help
representatives.
.Use the Vehicle Tools section.
.Access third party enthusiast
sites and social media networks.
.Locate owner resources such as
lease-end, financing, and
warranty information.
.Retrieve your favorite articles,
quizzes, tips, and multimedia
galleries organized into the
Features and Auto Care
Sections.
.Download the owner manual for
your vehicle, quickly and easily.
.Find the
Chevrolet-recommended
maintenance services for your
vehicle.
GM Mobility
Reimbursement Program
This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement of eligible
aftermarket adaptive equipment
required for the vehicle, such as
hand controls or a wheelchair/
scooter lift for the vehicle.
For more information on the limited
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or
call the GM Mobility Assistance
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.
General Motors of Canada also has
a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
for details. TTY users call
1-800-263-3830.
Roadside Assistance
Program
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-800-243-8872; (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438).
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
call 1-800-268-6800.
Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.
Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information
ready:
.Your name, home address, and
home telephone number.
.Telephone number of your
location.
.Location of the vehicle.
Black plate (6,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
13-6 Customer Information
.Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.
.Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle.
.Description of the problem.
Coverage
Services are provided up to 5 years/
160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever
comes first.
In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Chevrolet and General Motors of
Canada Limited reserve the right to
make any changes or discontinue
the Roadside Assistance program at
any time without notification.
Chevrolet and General Motors of
Canada Limited reserve the right to
limit services or payment to an
owner or driver if they decide the
claims are made too often, or the
same type of claim is made many
times.
Services Provided
.Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.
.Lock-Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.
.Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest Chevrolet dealer for
warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is also given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.
.Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.
.Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.
Services Not Included in
Roadside Assistance
.Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws.
.Legal fines.
.Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices.
.Towing or services for vehicles
driven on a non-public road or
highway.
Black plate (7,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Customer Information 13-7
Services Specific to
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
.Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
is approximately $5 Canadian.
Diesel fuel delivery may be
restricted. Propane and other
fuels are not provided through
this service.
.Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.
.Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: Must be over
250 kilometers from where your
trip was started to qualify.
General Motors of Canada
Limited requires
pre-authorization, original
detailed receipts, and a copy of
the repair orders. Once
authorization has been received,
the Roadside Assistance advisor
will help to make arrangements
and explain how to receive
payment.
.Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
permission to get local
emergency road service. You will
receive payment, up to $100,
after sending the original receipt
to Roadside Assistance.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
Scheduling Service
Appointments
When the vehicle requires warranty
service, contact your dealer and
request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until it
can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call
your dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.
If your dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the work
day as possible to allow for
same-day repair.
Courtesy Transportation
Program
To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada),
extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.
Black plate (8,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
13-8 Customer Information
Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet
entitled “Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information”
furnished with each new vehicle
provides detailed warranty coverage
information.
Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
if you are unable to wait, GM helps
to minimize inconvenience by
providing several transportation
options. Depending on the
circumstances, your dealer can offer
one of the following:
Shuttle Service
Shuttle service is the preferred
means of offering Courtesy
Transportation. Dealers may provide
shuttle service to get you to your
destination with minimal interruption
of your daily schedule. This includes
one-way or round-trip shuttle service
within reasonable time and distance
parameters of your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
If the vehicle requires overnight
warranty repairs, and public
transportation is used instead of
your dealer's shuttle service, the
expense must be supported by
original receipts and can only be up
to the maximum amount allowed by
GM for shuttle service. In addition,
for U.S. customers, should you
arrange transportation through a
friend or relative, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel
expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information regarding the allowance
amounts for reimbursement of fuel
or other transportation costs.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
Your dealer may arrange to provide
you with a courtesy rental vehicle or
reimburse you for a rental vehicle
that you obtain if the vehicle is kept
for an overnight warranty repair.
Rental reimbursement will be limited
and must be supported by original
receipts. This requires that you sign
and complete a rental agreement
and meet state/provincial, local, and
rental vehicle provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
You are responsible for fuel usage
charges and may also be
responsible for taxes, levies, usage
fees, excessive mileage, or rental
usage beyond the completion of the
repair.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Black plate (9,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Customer Information 13-9
Additional Program
Information
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Please contact your
dealer for specific information about
availability. All Courtesy
Transportation arrangements will be
administered by appropriate dealer
personnel.
General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change,
or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.
Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged, have the
damage repaired by a qualified
technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.
Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials
and construction methods as the
parts with which the vehicle was
originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety
are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the
parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history of
these parts is not known. Such parts
are not covered by the GM New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
companies other than GM and may
not have been tested for the vehicle.
As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not
perform properly in subsequent
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
covered by the GM New Vehicle
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.
Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that
meets your needs before you ever
need collision repairs. Your dealer
may have a collision repair center
with GM-trained technicians and
state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision repair
Black plate (10,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
13-10 Customer Information
center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.
Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
are significant differences in the
quality of coverage afforded by
various insurance policy terms.
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation for
damage repairs by using
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not
specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.
If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help. Do not
leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are
instructed to move it by a police
officer.
Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13-5.
Gather the following information:
.Driver name, address, and
telephone number.
.Driver license number.
.Owner name, address, and
telephone number.
.Vehicle license plate number.
.Vehicle make, model, and
model year.
.Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
.Insurance company and policy
number.
.General description of the
damage to the other vehicle.
Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts”earlier in this
section.
If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? on page 3-22.
Black plate (11,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Customer Information 13-11
Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.
If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy
repair limits, as you have no
contractual limits with that company.
In such cases, you can have control
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.
Service Publications
Ordering Information
Service Manuals
Service Manuals have the diagnosis
and repair information on the
engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical,
steering, body, etc.
Service Bulletins
Service Bulletins give additional
technical service information
needed to knowledgeably service
General Motors cars and trucks.
Each bulletin contains instructions
to assist in the diagnosis and
service of the vehicle.
Owner Information
Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended
to provide basic operational
information about the vehicle. The
Owner Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Manual.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Without Portfolio: Owner
Manual only.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Black plate (12,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
13-12 Customer Information
Current and Past Models
Technical Service Bulletins and
Manuals are available for current
and past model GM vehicles.
ORDER TOLL FREE:
1-800-551-4123 Monday –Friday
8:00 AM –6:00 PM Eastern Time
For Credit Card Orders Only
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
Or write to:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Prices are subject to change without
notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.
All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
funds.
Reporting Safety
Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor
vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
Black plate (13,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Customer Information 13-13
Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a safety
defect, notify Transport Canada
immediately, and notify General
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
Transport Canada at
1-800-333-0510 or write to:
Transport Canada
Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
The vehicle has a number of
computers that record information
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven. For example, the
vehicle uses computer modules to
monitor and control engine and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag
deployment and deploy them in a
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules
may store data to help the dealer
technician service the vehicle.
Some modules may also store data
about how the vehicle is operated,
such as rate of fuel consumption or
average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.
Black plate (14,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
13-14 Customer Information
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air
bag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle, data that will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
.How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
.Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
.How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/
or brake pedal; and,
.How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no
data are recorded by the EDR under
normal driving conditions and no
personal data (e.g., name, gender,
age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties,
such as law enforcement, could
combine the EDR data with the type
of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
GM will not access this data or
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or may
be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
OnStar
®
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar
®
and has an active
subscription, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
Black plate (15,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
Customer Information 13-15
OnStar Terms and Conditions and
Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID)
RFID technology is used in some
vehicles for functions such as tire
pressure monitoring and ignition
system security, as well as in
connection with conveniences such
as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitters for remote door locking/
unlocking and starting, and
in-vehicle transmitters for garage
door openers. RFID technology in
GM vehicles does not use or record
personal information or link with any
other GM system containing
personal information.
Radio Frequency
Statement
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
comply with Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and with Industry Canada
Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. The device may not cause
harmful interference.
2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.
Black plate (16,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
13-16 Customer Information
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
OnStar 14-1
OnStar
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Services
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
OnStar Overview
If equipped, this vehicle has a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live Advisor
for Emergency, Security, Navigation,
Connection, and Diagnostic
Services.
The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
status light is:
.Solid Green: System is ready.
.Flashing Green: On a call.
.Red: Indicates a problem.
Press Qor call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
Press =to:
.Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.
.Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.
.Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands.
Requires the available Directions
and Connections service plan.
Press Qto connect to a live
Advisor to:
.Verify account information or
update contact information.
.Get driving directions. Requires
the available Directions and
Connections service plan.
.Receive On-Demand
Diagnostics for a check of the
vehicle’s key operating systems.
.Receive Roadside Assistance.
Black plate (2,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
14-2 OnStar
Press the OnStar Emergency button
>to get a priority connection to an
Emergency Advisor available
24/7 to:
.Get help for an emergency.
.Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert.
.Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis and
evacuation routes.
OnStar Services
Emergency
With Automatic Crash Response,
the built-in system can automatically
connect to help in most crashes,
even if help cannot be requested.
Press >to connect to an
Emergency Advisor. GPS
technology is used to identify the
vehicle location and can provide
critical information to emergency
personnel. The Advisor is also
trained to offer critical assistance in
emergency situations.
Security
OnStar provides services like Stolen
Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition
Block, and Roadside Assistance,
if equipped. OnStar can unlock the
vehicle doors remotely, if equipped
with automatic door locks, and can
help police locate the vehicle if it is
stolen.
Navigation
OnStar navigation requires the
Directions and Connections
service plan.
Press Qto receive directions or
have them sent to the vehicle
navigation screen, if equipped.
Destinations can also be forwarded
to the vehicle from MapQuest.com.
The OnStar mapping database is
continuously updated. For coverage
maps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Turn-by-Turn Navigation
1. Press Qto connect to a live
Advisor.
2. Request directions.
3. Directions are downloaded to the
vehicle.
4. Follow the voice-guided
commands.
Black plate (3,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
OnStar 14-3
Using Voice Commands
During a Planned Route
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”then a tone. Say
“Cancel route.”System
responds: “Do you want to
cancel directions?”
2. Say “Yes.”System responds:
“OK, request completed, thank
you, goodbye.”
Route Preview
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”then a tone.
2. Say “Route preview.”System
responds with the next three
maneuvers.
Repeat
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”then a tone.
2. Say “Repeat.”System responds
with the last direction given, then
responds with “OnStar ready,”
then a tone.
Get My Destination
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”then a tone.
2. Say “Get my destination.”
System responds with the
address and the distance to the
destination, then responds with
“OnStar ready,”then a tone.
Other Navigation Services
Available from OnStar
OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers
to send destinations from
MapQuest.com to their Turn-by-Turn
Navigation or screen-based
navigation system. When ready, the
directions will be downloaded to the
vehicle.
Destination Download: Press Q,
then request the Advisor to
download directions to the
navigation system in the vehicle.
After the call ends, press the “Go”
button on the navigation screen to
begin driving directions.
If directions are downloaded to the
navigation system, the route can
only be canceled through the
navigation system.
Destinations can also be
downloaded on the go. For
information about eNav, Destination
Download, and coverage maps see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Connections
OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows
calls to be made and received from
the vehicle. The vehicle can also be
controlled through the OnStar
RemoteLink
®
mobile app. For
coverage maps, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Black plate (4,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
14-4 OnStar
OnStar Mobile App
Download the OnStar RemoteLink
mobile app to select Apple
®
,
Android™, and BlackBerry
®
devices
to check vehicle fuel level, oil life,
or tire pressure; to start the vehicle
(if equipped) or unlock it; or to
connect to an OnStar Advisor. For
OnStar RemoteLink information and
compatibility, see www.onstar.com
(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Hands-Free Calling
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call.”System responds:
“Please say the name or number
to call.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing, including a “1”and the
area code. System responds:
“OK calling.”
Calling 911 Emergency
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Call.”System responds:
“Please say the name or number
to call.”
3. Say “911”without pausing.
System responds: “911.”
4. Say “Call.”System responds:
“OK, dialing 911.”
Retrieve My Number
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “My number.”System
responds: “Your OnStar
Hands-Free Calling number is,”
then says the number.
End a Call
Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”
Store a Name Tag for Speed
Dialing
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Store.”System responds:
“Please say the number you
would like to store.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing. System responds:
“Please say the name tag.”
4. Pick a name tag. System
responds: “About to store <name
tag>. Does that sound OK?”
5. Say “Yes”or say “No”to try
again. System responds: “OK,
storing <name tag>.”
Place a Call Using a Stored
Number
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call <name tag>.”System
responds: “OK, calling
<name tag>.”
Black plate (5,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
OnStar 14-5
Verify Minutes and Expiration
Press =and say “Minutes”then
“Verify”to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
Diagnostics
OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will
perform a vehicle check every
month. It will check the engine,
transmission, antilock brakes, and
major vehicle systems. It also
checks the tire pressures, if the
vehicle is equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System. If an
On-Demand Diagnostics check is
needed between e-mails, press Q,
and an Advisor can run a check.
OnStar Additional
Information
Transferring Service
Press Qto request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
can assist in canceling or removing
account information. If OnStar
receives information that vehicle
ownership has changed, OnStar
may send a voice message to the
vehicle, requesting updated account
information.
Reactivation for Subsequent
Owners
Press Qand follow the prompts to
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible after acquiring the vehicle.
The Advisor will update vehicle
records and will explain the OnStar
service offers and options available.
How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
are available on most vehicles. Not
all OnStar services are available
everywhere or on all vehicles. For
more information, a full description
of OnStar services, system
limitations, and OnStar terms and
conditions:
.Call 888-4-ONSTAR
(888-466-7827).
.See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
.See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
.Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
.Press Qto speak with an
Advisor.
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
Black plate (6,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
14-6 OnStar
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
OnStar service cannot work unless
your vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
in that area, and the wireless
service provider has coverage,
network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar
service. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot
work unless GPS signals are
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar service may not
work if the OnStar equipment is not
properly installed or it has not been
properly maintained. If equipment or
software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar service may not
work. Other problems beyond the
control of OnStar may prevent
service such as hills, tall buildings,
tunnels, weather, electrical system
design and architecture of the
vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a
crash, or wireless phone network
congestion or jamming.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-15.
Services for People with
Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help
subscribers with physical disabilities
and medical conditions.
Press Qfor help with:
.Locating a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas.
.Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
that meets accessibility needs.
.Providing directions to the
closest hospital or pharmacy in
urgent situations.
TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to
communicate to the deaf,
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY
system can provide in-vehicle
access to all of the OnStar services,
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
OnStar.com (U.S.) or OnStar.ca
(Canada)
The website provides access to
account information, allows
management of the OnStar
subscription, and viewing of videos
of each service. Get subscription
plan pricing and sign up for OnStar
Vehicle Diagnostics. Click on the
“My Account”tab on the home
page. The website navigation and
services provided may vary by
country.
OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some of
the OnStar services, like Remote
Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle
Assistance. You will be prompted to
change the PIN the first time when
speaking with an Advisor. To
Black plate (7,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
OnStar 14-7
change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar
and provide the Advisor with the
current number.
Warranty
OnStar equipment may be
warranted as part of the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty. The
manufacturer of the vehicle
furnishes detailed warranty
information.
Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to
respond in multiple languages.
Press Qand ask an Advisor.
Advisors are available in English,
Spanish and French. Available
languages may vary by country.
Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Assistance after the vehicle has
been off continuously for five days.
After five days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance and a
locksmith to help gain access to the
vehicle.
Global Positioning
System (GPS)
.Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall
buildings; in parking garages;
around airports; in tunnels,
underpasses, or parking
garages; or in an area with very
dense trees. If GPS signals are
not available, the OnStar system
should still operate to call
OnStar. However, OnStar could
have difficulty identifying the
exact location.
.In emergency situations, OnStar
can use the last stored GPS
location to send to emergency
responders.
.A temporary loss of GPS can
cause loss of the ability to send
a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route.
The Advisor may give a verbal
route or may ask for a call back
after the vehicle is driven into an
open area.
Cellular and GPS Antennas
Avoid placing items over or near the
antenna to prevent blocking cellular
and GPS signal reception. Cellular
reception is required for OnStar to
send remote signals to the vehicle.
Unable to Connect to OnStar
Message
If there is limited cellular coverage
or the cellular network has reached
maximum capacity, this message
may come on. Press Qto try the
call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.
Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
Black plate (8,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
14-8 OnStar
Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated
into the electrical architecture of the
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment on page 9-42. Added
electrical equipment may interfere
with the operation of the OnStar
system and cause it to not operate.
Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Privacy-sensitive users of wireless
communications are cautioned that
the privacy of any information sent
via wireless cellular communications
cannot be assured. Third parties
may unlawfully intercept or access
transmissions and private
communications without consent.
OnStar - libcurl and unzip
acknowledgments
Certain OnStar components include
libcurl and unzip software. Below
are the notices and licenses
associated with this software:
libcurl:
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>.
All rights reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
and distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the
above copyright notice and this
permission notice appear in all
copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
“AS IS,”WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice,
the name of a copyright holder shall
not be used in advertising or
otherwise to promote the sale, use
or other dealings in this Software
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.
Black plate (9,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
OnStar 14-9
unzip:
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
definitive version of this document
should be available at
ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
license.html indefinitely.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved.
For the purposes of this copyright
and license, “Info-ZIP”is defined as
the following set of individuals:
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White
This software is provided “as is,”
without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
liable for any direct, indirect,
incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or
inability to use this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to
use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications,
and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following
restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer, and
this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form
(compiled executables) must
reproduce the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer, and
this list of conditions in
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution. The sole exception
to this condition is redistribution
of a standard UnZipSFX binary
(including SFXWiz) as part of a
self-extracting archive; that is
permitted without inclusion of
this license, as long as the
normal SFX banner has not
been removed from the binary or
disabled.
3. Altered versions–including, but
not limited to, ports to new
operating systems, existing ports
with new graphical interfaces,
and dynamic, shared, or static
library versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not be
misrepresented as being the
original source. Such altered
versions also must not be
misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including, but
not limited to, labeling of the
altered versions with the names
“Info-ZIP”(or any variation
thereof, including, but not limited
to, different capitalizations),
Black plate (10,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
14-10 OnStar
“Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ”or
“MacZip”without the explicit
permission of Info-ZIP. Such
altered versions are further
prohibited from
misrepresentative use of the
Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip”for its own source
and binary releases.
Black plate (1,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
INDEX i-1
A
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
Additional Information
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-10
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Airbag System (cont'd)
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-19
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-14
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Alarm
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Antenna
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Assistance Program,
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14
Audio System
Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-2
Automatic
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
Automatic Transmission
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Shift Lock Control
Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Auxiliary
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19
Black plate (2,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
i-2 INDEX
B
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-22
Bluetooth
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19
Brake
System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-18
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Bulb Replacement (cont'd)
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-27
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
and Backup Lamps . . . . . . . . 10-26
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
C
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
California
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Cautions, Danger, and
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-1
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-15
Check
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Ignition
Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-21
Child Restraints
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-38
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44, 3-46
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Black plate (3,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
INDEX i-3
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . 13-9
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Connections
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3
Control
Traction and Electronic
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Coolant
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Engine Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Engine Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4
Customer Information
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . .13-11
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . 13-9
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-14
Daytime Running Lamps/
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Delayed Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Delayed Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Devices
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19
Diagnostics
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Door
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Driving
Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-18
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-6
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Black plate (4,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
i-4 INDEX
E
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
Electrical System
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC)/Traction Control
System (TCS) Indicator
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Emergency
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Check and Service Engine
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-5
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Engine (cont'd)
Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Cooling System Messages . . .5-28
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Overheated Protection
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-22
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-14
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
F
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-3
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
FlexFuel
E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . . .10-9
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Fog Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Black plate (5,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
INDEX i-5
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-32
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
Requirements, California . . . . .9-32
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Fuses
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
G
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39
Gasoline
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
Gauges
Engine Coolant
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
H
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-3
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Headlamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Daytime Running Lamps/
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-22
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Heater
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18
Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-6
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Black plate (6,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
i-6 INDEX
I
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 2-14
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
J
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
K
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-30
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-2
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-34
Lamps
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-15
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Light
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC)/Traction Control
System (TCS) Indicator
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Lighting
Delayed Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Delayed Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Lights
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-18
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning . . . . . . .5-20
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-13
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Black plate (7,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
INDEX i-7
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
M
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14
Maintenance Schedule
Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-15
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Messages
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Battery Voltage and
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-28
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . 2-14
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
N
Navigation
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
O
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Off-Road
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Black plate (8,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
i-8 INDEX
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . .10-8
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-30
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
OnStar
®
System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
OnStar
®
Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
OnStar
®
Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
OnStar
®
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
OnStar
®
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar
®
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar
®
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar
®
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Operation, Infotainment
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Ordering
Service Publications . . . . . . . . .13-11
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Overheated Engine
Protection
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
P
Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Parking
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-22
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-21
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-24
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-18
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Pregnancy, Using Safety
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Privacy
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-7
Proposition 65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Black plate (9,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
INDEX i-9
R
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-15
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Radios
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Recommended
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-30
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-17
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Ride Control Systems
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
S
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-17
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-15
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-7
Black plate (10,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
i-10 INDEX
Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-4
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Securing Child
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44, 3-46
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Service
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-3
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-14
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1
Service (cont'd)
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11
Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Shift Lock Control Function
Check, Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Sidemarker
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Spare Tire
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Storage
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Storage Areas
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
System
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Black plate (11,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
INDEX i-11
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Taillamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-12
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Tires
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-42
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-41
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Tires (cont'd)
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-51
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Towing
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-36
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-36
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-65
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Trailer
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Turn Signal
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
U
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-39
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
V
Vehicle
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Black plate (12,1)
Impala Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6885190) -
2014 - crc - 8/20/13
i-12 INDEX
Vehicle (cont'd)
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Wheels
Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-36
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-22

Navigation menu